Upload
others
View
7
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
ENHANCING BIOAVAILABLE PHOSPHOROUS IN SOIL
THROUGH SULFUR OXIDATION BY THIOBACILLUS
IRFAN ULLAH
09-arid-1647
Department of Soil Science & Soil and Water Conservation Faculty of Crop and Food Sciences
Pir Mehr Ali Shah Arid Agriculture University Rawalpindi
Pakistan 2013
ii
ENHANCING BIOAVAILABLE PHOSPHOROUS IN SOIL
THROUGH SULFUR OXIDATION BY THIOBACILLUS
by
IRFAN ULLAH
(09-arid-1647)
A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of
the requirement for the degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
in
SOIL SCIENCE
Department of Soil Science & Soil and Water Conservation Faculty of Crop and Food Sciences
Pir Mehr Ali Shah Arid Agriculture University Rawalpindi,
Pakistan 2013
iii
CERTIFICATION
I hereby undertake that this research is an original one and no part of
this thesis falls under plagiarism. If found otherwise, at any stage, I will be
responsible for the consequences.
Student’s Name: IRFAN ULLAH Signature: ________________
Registration No: 09-arid-1647 Date: _________________
Certified that the contents and form of thesis entitled "ENHANCING
BIOAVAILABLE PHOSPHOROUS IN SOIL THROUGH SULFUR
OXIDATION BY THIOBACILLUS" submitted by Mr. Irfan Ullah have
been found satisfactory for the requirement of the degree.
Supervisor _________________________ (Dr. Ghulam Jilani) Member _________________________ (Dr. Khalid Saifullah Khan) Member _________________________ (Dr. Muhammad Rasheed) Chairperson: ________________________
Dean: ______________________________
Director Advanced Studies: _______________________
iv
v
DEDICATION
I dedicate this work to my parents who are no more with
me to see their prayers come true
vi
CONTENTS
Page
Acknowledgements xvi
Abstract xvii
1. INTRODUCTION 1
2. REVIEW OF LITERATURE 4
2.1 Soil Phosphorous 4
2.2 Soil Phosphorous Fractions 5
2.3 Microbial Effect on Soil Phosphorous and Crop Yield 7
2.4 Soil Sulfur 8
2.5 Biological Sulfur Oxidation in Soil 15
3. MATERIALS AND METHODS 22
3.1 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria from Different Microbial
Ecologies
22
3.1.1 Isolation of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria 22
3.1.2 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria for Phosphorous
Solubilization
23
3.1.3 Biochemical Characterization of Selected Isolates 26
3.2 Comparative Efficiency of the Isolates for Soil Phosphorous
Solubilization
29
3.3 Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria Application on Plant Growth and
Phosphorous Uptake
29
3.4 Plant Analyses 32
3.5 Soil Sampling and Analyses 33
3.5.1 Phosphorous Fractionation 35
3.6 Statistical Analyses 40
4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 41
4.1 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria from Different
Microbial Ecologies
41
vii
4.1.1 Occurrence of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria 41
4.1.2 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria for Phosphorous
Solubilization
41
4.1.2.1 The pH reduction 41
4.1.2.2 Colour change 45
4.1.2.3 Phosphorous solubilization index 46
4.1.2.4 Phosphorous solubilization efficiency 47
4.1.3 Characterization and Identification of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria 63
4.2 Comparative Efficiency of the Isolates for Soil Phosphorous
Solubilization
66
4.2.1 Basic Soil Analyses before Incubation 66
4.2.2 Changes in Basic Soil Analysis during Incubation 66
4.2.3 Soil Phosphorous Fractionation before Incubation 72
4.2.4 Changes in Soil Phosphorous Fractionation during Incubation 74
4.2.5 Phosphorous Bioavailability Enhancement during Incubation 86
4.2.6 Soil Sulfur Fractionation before Incubation 88
4.2.7 Changes in Soil Sulfur Fractionation during Incubation 88
4.2.8 Micronutrients Bioavailability Enhancement during Incubation 93
4.2.9 Interrelationship among Various Soil Variables 97
4.2.10 Interdependence among Various Soil Phosphorous Fractions 105
4.3 Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria Application on Plant Growth and
Phosphorous Uptake
111
4.3.1 Basic Soil Analyses of Rice and Wheat Field 111
4.3.2 Treatment Effect on Bio-available Phosphorous contents at
Rice Harvest
111
4.3.3 Treatment Effect on Growth and Yield Attributes of Rice 114
4.3.4 Phosphorous Uptake by Rice 119
4.3.5 Correlation among Various Soil and Rice Variables 119
4.3.6 Treatment Effect on Bio-available Phosphorous Contents at
Wheat Harvest
124
viii
4.3.7 Treatment Effect on Growth and Yield Attributes of Wheat 128
4.3.8 Phosphorous Uptake by Wheat 129
4.3.9 Correlation among Various Soil and Wheat Variables 131
4.3.10 Basic soil analyses for Maize Field 137
4.3.11 Treatment Effect on Soil Bio-available Phosphorous Contents at
Maize Harvest
137
4.3.12 Treatment Effect on Growth Parameters of Maize 143
4.3.13 Treatment Effect on Yield Attributes of Maize 144
4.3.14 Phosphorous Uptake by Maize 145
4.3.15 Correlation among Various Soil and Maize Variables 148
SUMMERY 155
CONCLUSIONS 157
LITERATURE CITED 158
APPENDICES 200
ix
List of Tables
Table No.
Page
1. Ecology-wise description of sulfur oxidizing bacteria 42
2. The pH reduction by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium phosphate
media during the incubation period
48
3. Sulfates production by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium
phosphate media during incubation period
49
4. Phosphorous solubilization by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium
phosphate media during incubation period
51
5. Correlation among various variables in tricalcium phosphate media 53
6. The pH reduction by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock phosphate
leach suspension
56
7. Sulfates production by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock phosphate
leach suspension
57
8. Phosphorous solubilization by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock
phosphate media
59
9. Correlation among various variables in rock phosphate media 61
10. Biochemical characterization of the isolates 64
11. Basic soil analyses before incubation 67
12. Changes in soil pH during incubation 68
13. Soil electrical conductivity during incubation 70
14. Changes in soil CaCO3 contents during incubation 71
15. Soil phosphorous fractionation before incubation 73
16. Soil phosphorous fractions after 30 days of incubation 75
17. Soil phosphorous fractions after 60 days of incubation 76
18. Soil phosphorous fractions after 90 days of incubation 77
19. Enhancement in soil phosphorous bioavailability during incubation 85
20. Soil sulfur fractionation before incubation 87
21. Changes in sulfur fractions 30 days after incubation 89
x
22. Changes in sulfur fractions 60 days after incubation 90
23. Changes in sulfur fractions 90 days after incubation 91
24. Soil micronutrients contents after 30 days of incubation 94
25. Soil micronutrients contents after 60 days of incubation 95
26. Soil micronutrients contents after 90 days of incubation 96
27. Correlation among various soil variables 98
28. Linear regression analyses among various soil variables 100
29. Interrelationship among various soil phosphorous fractions 103
30. Basic soil analyses before rice-wheat experiment 112
31. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at rice harvest 113
32. Treatment effect on growth parameters of rice 115
33. Treatment effect on yield attributes of rice 116
34. Phosphorous uptake by rice 118
35. Correlation among various rice variables 120
36. Linear regression analyses among soil and rice variables 121
37. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at wheat harvest 125
38. Treatment effect on growth parameters of wheat 126
39. Treatment effect on yield attributes of wheat 127
40. Phosphorous uptake by wheat 130
41. Correlation among various wheat variables 132
42. Linear regression analyses among soil and wheat variables 133
43. Basic soil analysis before spring-autumn maize experiment 138
44. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at maize harvest 139
45. Treatment effect on growth parameters of maize 141
46. Treatment effect on yield attributes of maize 142
47. Phosphorous uptake by spring maize 146
48. Phosphorous uptake by autumn maize 147
49. Correlation among various maize attributes 153
50. Linear regression analyses among soil and maize variables 154
xi
List of Figures
Figure No.
Page
1. Schematic diagram of enhancing bio-available P in soil through sulfur
oxidation by Thiobacilli
17
2. Frequency of SOB in sampling ecologies indicating highest number
different SOB in industrial waste water
43
3. Phosphorous solubilization relation with pH in tricalcium phosphate
media changes: a to d represent data from day 08, 16, 24 and 32,
respectively
54
4. Relation of P solubilization with pH in tricalcium phosphate leach
suspension changes: a to d represent data from day 10, 20, 30 and 40,
respectively
62
5. Soil pH relation with (a) ECe and (b) CaCO3 contents changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and
90, respectively
80
6. Relation of Ca2-P with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
81
7. Bio-available P relation with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents
changes during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from
day 30, 60 and 90, respectively
82
8. Relations of Ca8-P with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
83
9. Ca10-P relation with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
84
xii
10. Zinc extractable relation with soil pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
106
11. Relation of iron extractable with soil pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
107
12. Manganese extractable relation with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
108
13. Relation of copper extractable with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60
and 90, respectively
109
14. Boron extractable relation with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and
90, respectively
110
15. Soil bio-available P relation with different rice yield attributes 122
16. Phosphorous uptake relation with different rice yield attributes 123
17. Soil bio-available P relation with different wheat yield attributes 134
18. Phosphorous uptake relation with different wheat yield attributes 135
19. Soil bio-available P relation with different spring maize yield attributes 149
20. Relation of P uptake with different spring maize yield attributes 150
21. Soil bio-available P relation with different autumn maize yield
attributes
151
22. Phosphorous uptake relation with different autumn maize yield
attributes
152
xiii
List of Plates
Plate No. Page
1. Isolation and purification of sulfur oxidizing bacteria
44
2. Response of rice and wheat to Thiobacillus
136
xiv
List of Appendices
App. No. Page
1. Description of samples for the isolation of SOB 200
2. The pH reduction by SOB isolates 207
3. Colour change by SOB isolates 210
4. Phosphorous solubilization index of SOB
211
xv
Abbreviations Used Abbreviations Description
BAP Bio-available phosphorous
BY Biological yield
CW Canal water
ECe Electrical conductivity of saturated soil paste extract
EDTA Ethylene-di-amime-tctra acetic acid
H1 Harvest index
IS Industrial waste sludge
IW Industrial wastewater
MGY Maize grain yield
MR Maize rhizosphere
MSY Maize stalk yield
PF Paddy fields
PSI Phosphorous solubilization index
PY Paddy yield
r Regression coefficient
RP Rock phosphate
SM Sulfur mud
SOB Sulfur oxidizing bacteria
SR Sugarcane rhizosphere
SS Sewage sludge
SW Sewage water
SY Straw yield
TCP Tricalcium phosphate
TPU Total phosphorous uptake
WGY Wheat grain yield
WR Wheat rhizosphere
WSY Wheat straw yield
xvi
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
All the praises and thanks to Almighty ALLAH, the compassionate, the
merciful and the only creator of the Universe, Who bestowed me with the
potential and ability to contribute a little to the existing ocean of knowledge. I
offer my humblest thanks to the Holy Prophet Hazarat MUHAMMAD (Sallallaho-
AIlehe-Wasalam) who is forever a torch of guidance and knowledge for me.
1 would like to express my profound gratitude to my supervisor Dr.
Ghulam Jilani, Associate Professor, Dr. Khalid Saifullah Khan, Associate
Professor, Dr. Mohammad Saleem Akhtar, Professor and Chairman, Department
of Soil Science & SWC and Dr. Muhammad Rasheed, Assistant Professor,
Department of Agronomy for their continuous and critical assessments, inspiring
guidance and helpful suggestions in the conduct of this work.
Special thanks and appreciations are extended to Mr. Jamshed Iqbal
Cheema, Chief Executive, Muhammad Azam Cheema, Director A & F, Dr.
Muhammad Irfan-Ul-Haq, General Manager (Technical) and Mr. Anwer Khan,
Microbiologist for providing research facilities and valuable suggestions during
my research work at Auriga Research Station, Lahore.
1 wish to record my sense of admiration for my colleagues Syed Sajjad
Hussain Bokhari, Ch. Khalil Ahmed, Syed Sajjad Haider Kazmi, Muhammad
Ather Latif, Lubna Ayub Durrani and Ijaz Ahmed for their sincere co-operation.
Words are lacking to express humble obligation to my family members
particularly devoted wife, affectionate brother (Dr. Rizwan Ullah Warraich),
father-in-law (Ch. Shafique Ahmed Cheema), uncles (Ch. Riaz Ahmed Warraich
and Ch. Mazher Ullah Warraich), brother-in-law (Ch. Hassan Ashraf Gill), sister,
sons (Muhammad Arslan Ullah Warraich and Muhammad Salman Ullah
Warraich) and daughters for their sacrifices and offering countless prayers.
At last but not the least, this achievement is due to prayers and sacrifices of
my late father (Ch. Ehsan Ullah Warraich) and late mother, may Allah bless them
a place in the heaven and brightened their graves (Aameen).
(IRFAN ULLAH WARRAICH)
xvii
ABSTRACT
Phosphorus (P) fertilizer use efficiency is only 15 % in calcareous alkaline
soils as in Pakistan. Sulfur oxidizing bacteria (SOB) especially Thiobacillus spp.
solubilize the unavailable P in soil by synthesizing sulfuric acid. This study was
performed in three steps: (i) screening of SOB from different microbial ecologies,
(ii) use of different SOB with S levels for enhancing bio-available P, and (iii)
effect of SOB along with P fertilizer and S on plant growth and yield.
Sulfur oxidizing bacteria were isolated, screened, identified and the most
efficient SOB were found as the genus Thiobacillus in sulfur based ecologies such
as industrial wastewater, sewerage water and sulfur mud. These SOB isolates were
IW1, SW2, SS1, IW13, IW14, IW16 and SM1 which reduced the pH of different
media (thiosulphate, tricalcium phosphate and rock phosphate) in 07 to 40 days
after inoculation.
Four Thiobacillus isolates viz., IW16, SW2, IW1 and IW14 were
inoculated in soil with three S levels 50, 37.5 and 25 mg kg-1. Thiobacillus spp.
IW16 and SW2 reduced soil pH with 50 mg S kg-1 from 7.90 to 7.12 and 7.28
respectively. Similarly, Thiobacillus strain IW16 in combination with 50 mg S
kg-1 reduced CaCO3 contents from 7.14 to 6.93 % and solubilized Ca8-P and Ca10-
P. Increase in the concentration of sparingly soluble Ca2-P (20.33 mg kg-1) and
xviii
bioavailable P contents (net increase of 22.26 mg kg-1) were also recorded as a
result of P solubilization phenomenon.
Lastly field experiments were conducted on two permanent lay outs (plot
size 3 m × 3 m) at two different places growing for rice-wheat and maize-maize
crops. The best Thiobacillus isolates (IW16 and SW2) along with 100 kg S ha-1
were inoculated in combination with two doses of P fertilizer viz., 45 and 90 kg
P2O5 ha-1. Significant increase in the concentration of bio-available P in soil was
recorded through bacterial S oxidation in both experiments. Growth and yield
parameters of the tested crops (rice, wheat and maize) exhibited positive
significant correlation with P solubilization through S oxidation by Thiobacilli
with the highest values by strain IW16 along with 100 kg S ha-1. Interaction
between Thiobacillus spp. and S was highly significant in enhancing the growth
and yield of crops. Treatment of soil with Thiobacilli and S was the best practice
for enhancing bioavailability of P already present as fixed P in huge quantity.
Chapter 1
INTRODUCTION
An adequate phosphorous (P) supply in rhizosphere is essential to activate
plant roots for P uptake essential for plant growth. Total P in cultivated soils
ranges from 400-3000 mg kg-1 (Richardson et al., 2005), and the bio-available P is
as low as 1.0 mg kg-1 (Goldstein, 1994; Vassilev et al., 2001). Fertilizer P is
converted to unavailable forms which reduces P fertilizer use efficiency to as low
as 10 to 25 % (Khiari and Parent, 2005).
Better understanding on soil P cycle and P fractions in relation to plant
growth is essential for better P management, enhancing bio-available P and
decreasing fertilizer use (Shen et al., 2011). Main factors for P fixation in acidic
soils are oxides and hydroxides of iron and aluminum while in calcareous soils
major cause is the high amount of CaCO3 (Pant and Warman, 2000). Majority of
Pakistani soils are alkaline and calcareous in nature with pH > 7.5 and CaCO3 >
7.0 % (Ahmad et al., 2006). More than 90 % soils are moderate to high P deficient
(Nisar et al., 1992). Phosphorous fixation is a concern in alkaline and calcareous
soils (Huang, 1998). Phosphorous dynamics in calcareous soils depends on CaCO3
and clay contents (Tisdale et al., 2002). A chain of fixation reactions starts after
the addition of P fertilizers in these soils. These reactions range from surface P
adsorption on lime and clay surfaces to the precipitation of different Ca-P
1
2
compounds (Leytem and Mikkelsen, 2005) resulting in very slow release of P into
soil solution.
Sulfer oxidizing bacteria (SOB) oxidize elemental S to sulfates through
biological oxidation process (Pokorna et al., 2007; Briand et al., 1999). Among
SOB the genus Acidithiobacillus is more effective for biological S oxidation in
soil (Yang et al., 2010). Biological S oxidation produces acidity which increases
the solubility of plant nutrients including P (Stamford et al., 2003; El-Tarabily et
al., 2006; Yang et al., 2010). Elemental S is effective for enhancing P
bioavailability in soil through the process of S oxidation (Aria et al., 2010). The
bacterial S oxidation produces sulfuric acid, which results in P release from rock
phosphate (Besharati et al., 2007; Chi et al., 2007). Rock phosphate solubilization
has positive correlation with the quantity of sulfuric acid generated (Bhatti and
Yawar, 2010; Yang et al., 2010).
Several studies have reported soil P solubilization with different
amendments (Stamford et al., 2003): application of S (Rajan, 1983; Garcia et al.,
2007), use of organic matter (Nishanth and Biswas, 2008) and inoculation with
bacteria (Chi et al., 2007). Calcareous soils contain insoluble calcium phosphates
viz., apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH,F,Cl) and calcite (CaCO3) surface sorbed P. Sulfuric
acid produced by SOB through biological S oxidation reacts with the insoluble
calcium bounded P minerals and brings it to plant available P forms. The
3
ecologies where the most efficient P-solubilizing SOB could be found remain to
be explored.
Phosphorous fractionation helps in better understanding of different P
pools in the soil system (Nair et al., 1995; Hinsinger, 2001). Therefore, it is very
important to determine the relationship between different inorganic fractions of P
in soil and their solubilization behavior through interactive effect of Thiobacilli
and S application. Furthermore, the effect of P solubilization and enhancement
through S oxidation by Thiobacillus spp. on different plant growth and yield
parameters is also very critical.
This study examined the role of SOB with S for enhancing P availability in
soil. The objectives were (i) to isolate efficient SOB isolates for enhancing bio-
available P in soil, (ii) to find out the appropriate rate of S for enhancement of bio-
available P, and (iii) to find out the best combination of P fertilizer and S with
SOB for the enhancement of bio-available P in soil.
4
Chapter 2
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
A review of previous studies on role of sulfur oxidizing bacteria for P
solubilization and effect on crop production is presented here under:
2.1 SOIL PHOSPHOROUS
Total soil P ranges between 200 to 3000 mg kg-1 (Richardson et al., 2005),
and less than 1 % is available to the plants. Two major forms of soil P are (i)
organic P and (ii) inorganic P which exist in variety of compounds equilibrium
with each other. These compounds range in solubility from soluble P to extremely
stable P (Turner et al., 2007). Soil inorganic P constitutes 50 to 75 % of the total
P, and exists as compounds of calcium, iron and aluminum. Phosphorous
transformations in soil are affected by microbial activities, plant species, and the
nature of soil, environment and soil cultivation (Wright, 2009).
Primary P minerals (strengite, apatites and variscite) which are highly
stable and the secondary P precipitates of calcium, aluminum and iron have
different solubility rates (Oelkers and Valsami-Jones, 2008). Phosphorous makes
complexes with surfaces of aluminum / iron oxides and clay minerals, while inner
sphere complex of protonated bidentate complex is leading in acidic soils (Arai
and Sparks, 2007).
4
5
Phosphorous dynamics in calcareous soils is linked with Ca-phosphate
precipitation and adsorption on soil colloids responsible for P retention (Nisar et
al., 1999; Delgado et al., 2002). Precipitation is dominated in slightly calcareous
to high calcareous soils (Lindsay et al., 1989). Adsorption of phosphorous occurs
on clay minerals (Devau et al., 2010) and calcium carbonate surfaces (Larsen,
1967). Precipitation starts with formation of di-calcium phosphate (DCP) which is
sparingly soluble and available to plants, is further converted into more stable
octa-calcium and hydroxy-apatite (Arai and Sparks, 2007).
Soil organic P occurs as phosphonates and inositol phosphates with active
forms as monoesters, di-esters, orthophosphate and polyphosphates (Turner et al.,
2002; Condron et al., 2005). Mineralization of organic P, facilited by soil
microorganisms and plant root secretions is important in dynamics of soil P and its
availability to plants (Richardson, 2001). Phosphorous solubilizing bacteria
solubilize soil P by acidifying rhizosphere through the production of organic acids
and enzyme like phytases and phosphatases (Chen et al., 2006; Richardson et al.,
2009; Jones and Oburger, 2011).
2.2 SOIL PHOSPHOROUS FRACTIONS
Mostashari et al. (2008) reported that calcareous soils have total P from
700 to 1040 mg kg-1. They further recorded Ca2-P from 1.6 to 42.3 mg kg-1, Ca8-P
from 72 to 314 mg kg-1, Al-P from 14.5 to 54.8 mg kg-1, Fe-P from 8.4 to 34.8 mg
kg-1, O-P from 5.9 to 33.4 mg kg-1 and Ca10-P from 262 to 697 mg kg-1. They also
6
found a positive correlation of Olsen-P with soluble-P, di-calcium-P, iron-P and
occluded-P. All P-fractions in the soil had a positive correlation among them and
showed a dynamic relationship. Ahmad et al. (2006) determined total soil P
between 652 to 1245 mg kg-1soil after taking 24 soil samples from the area of
University of Agricultural Faisalabad, Pakistan. Memon et al. (2011) reported that
apatite P fraction is the biggest (500 to 600 mg kg-1 in alluvial soils and 200 to 300
mg kg-1 in loess and shale derived soils) amongst the entire P fraction in the soils
of Indus plain (Pakistan).
Adhami et al. (2007) estimated different P fractions in soil and reported
their sequence as Ca2-P<Fe-P<Al-P<O-P<Ca8-P<Ca10-P. These forms showed
positive correlation with exchangeable-P and Olsen-P. Adhami et al. (2006)
recorded a considerable association between Ca-bound P and soil silt contents and
non significant correlation between calcium bounded and iron bounded P.
However, Fan et al. (2007) found a negative correlation between clay contents and
Olsen-P, silt contents and Ca8-P while they recorded positive correlation among
occluded-P, Al-P, Fe-P, solution P and total P. Delgado et al. (2000) concluded
that plants utilize water soluble P for their growth and development which is
usually estimated by Olsen method in calcareous soils. Calcareous soils in
Western Australia contain 35 % organic P which has positive correlation with Fe-
P fraction and organic matter.
7
Quantities of different soil inorganic fractions of P reported by Samadi
(2003) for Ca2-P, Ca8-P, Al-P, Fe-P, occluded-P, Ca10-P were 15, 27, 26, 14, 20
and 16 mg kg-1, respectively. Addition of organic P fertilizers in soil increases
microbial activities which results in the conversion of plant unavailable P forms to
plant available inorganic P fractions (Lee et al., 2004). Turan et al. (2007) studied
microbial effect on different soil P fractions using tomato as a test crop. They
recorded a significant increase in plant available P fractions in soil and increase in
shoot and root dry weight of tomato plants under the effect of PSB.
Different P fractionation methods are reported (Condron and Newman,
2011; Yang and Post, 2011) and some more appropriate for calcareous soils. Jiang
and Gu (1989) P fractionation procedure is particular for calcareous soils wherein
three calcium phosphate forms are identified as: (i) dicalcium phosphate (ii) octa-
calcium phosphate, and (iii) apatite.
2.3 MICROBIAL EFFECT ON SOIL PHOSPHOROUS AND CROP
YIELD
Yazdani et al. (2009) noted an increase in bio-available P level in soil
through phosphorous solubilizing microorganisms (PSM) which increased maize
straw yield. Further, Plant dry matter, total P concentration in plants and plant P
uptake has positive correlation with the amount of available P in soil (Alam and
Shah, 2002; Singh et al., 2002). Similarly, plant biomass increases at high level of
Olsen P in the soil (Afzal and Bano, 2008). Growth and yield attributes of maize
8
crop viz., number of cobs plant-1, number of grains cob-1, grain weight cob-1and
grain yield have positive significant relationship with the quantity of plant
available P in soil (Khan et al., 2005; Rahman, et al., 2007). Likewise, several
scientists (Maqsood et al., 2001; Hussain et al., 2006) reported positive significant
effect of bio-available P on maize grain yield.
Panhwar et al. (2011) recorded an increase in rice yield with increase in
plant available P concentration in soil under the influence of PSB. High bio-
available P levels in soil significantly increased yield parameters of wheat crop
(Kaleem et al., 2009; Rahman, et al., 2011). Sultani et al. (2004) determined high
P uptake by wheat plants with high quantity of plant available P in soil. Yadav et
al. (2011) recorded maximum yield attributes of wheat crop when PSB were
inoculated with P fertilizer.
2.4 SOIL SULFUR
Important form of soil sulfur (S) is sulfate and its concentration in soil is
below 5 % of the total soil S. This SO42--S is further categorized into two forms
viz., soil solution sulfate and adsorbed sulfate (Barber, 1995). But in case of
calcareous soils sulfate is also present in precipitated form with Ca / Mg (Tisdale
et al., 1993). Hu et al. (2005) studied SO42--S in 64 calcareous soils and observed
that its amount is positively correlated with CaCO3 contents in soil. Sulfate-S is
precipitated with CaCO3 upto 42 % in calcareous soils of Canada (Roberts and
Bettany, 1985). Some non calcareous soils also precipitate SO42--S with CaCO3
9
(Chen et al., 1997). Morche (2008) stated that the major part of 1N HCl extracted
S from soils with < 1 % CaCO3 is organic bound S.
Soil solution contains small amount of sulfates. This concentration remains
changing and is associated with plant uptake, application of S-fertilizers,
immobilization and mineralization (McLaren and Cameron, 2004). High quantity
of of sulfates in upper soil surface depends on addition of S-fertilizers (Eriksen et
al., 1995) and organic S mineralization (McLaren and Cameron, 2004). In winter
and spring seasons of sulfates concentration has the lowest values due to minimum
mineralization rate (Ghani et al., 1990). Adsorbed of sulfates are also very
important and considered as a plant available source of S. Mechanism of S
adsorption is vital for restricting it from leaching (McLaren and Cameron, 2004).
Rahman et al. (2011) reported that elemental S dropped pH of the calcareous soils
from 9.08 to 7.56 and played a key role in reducing CaCO3 contents and thus
enhanced the uptake of plant nutrients such as P, S and micronutrients. Kaya et al.
(2009) also considered elemental S vital for lowering soil pH and making plant
nutrients available in calcareous soils.
Organic S is the major fraction of S in soil (Yang et al., 2007b). Its
concentration in surface soils is upto 95 % (Kertesz and Mirlau, 2004) and it may
go upto 98 % of the total sulfur in soil (Bloem, 1998). Organic S compounds exist
in animals, plants and microorganisms and present in soil before or after the
death/decay of animals, plants and microorganisms (Tabatabai and Bremner,
10
1972). Very limited information is available about the chemical identity of organic
S compounds as they are present as heterogeneous mixture (Kertesz and Mirleau,
2004). However, the quantity of organic S compounds in soil depends upon the
amount of organic C and total N (Wang et al., 2006).
Two major groups can be differentiated among the variety of S-compounds
viz., (i) ester sulfates and (ii) C-bonded S. Some more soil S-compounds like
heterocyclic S and sulfonates are also present (Kertesz and Mirleau, 2004), but
these are less important (Edwards, 1998). Ester sulfates (C-O-S) are estimated by
the conventional method of S fractionation through the reduction of hydriodic acid
(HI) as described by Shan and Chen 1995. Then ester sulfate is deducted from
total S to calculate C-bonded S. Ester sulfates consist of various compounds like
sulfates, phenolic sulfates, sulfated polysaccharides and choline (Edwards, 1998)
constituting organic S from 27 to 45 % and their amount differs from 52 to 92 mg
kg-1 soil (Eriksen et al., 1995). Addition of farmyard manure increases C-bonded S
in the soil (Forster et al., 2012).
Sulfur cycle in soils revolves between organic and inorganic forms.
Immobilization of inorganic S results in organic S compounds which are inter-
transferable and mineralization converts immobilized S to plant available
inorganic S fractions (Kertesz and Mirleau, 2004). These two processes are
controlled by microorganisms (Ghani et al. 1992). Organic S is very important in
providing SO42--S to the plants after passing through the process of mineralization
11
(Eriksen, 1997). Microbial activity is essential for the mineralization of C bonded
S compounds (Jaggi et al., 1999). It has been noted that ester sulfates mineralize
easily as compared to C-bonded S compounds (Kertesz and Mirleau, 2004).
Oxidation of C-bonded S converts it into ester sulfates which after mineralization
transfer to SO42- (Ghani et al., 1991). Soil capacity to supply S to plants depends
on the composition of organic-S in soil (Yang et al., 2007b).
Mechanisms of S mineralization and immobilization are taking place in
soil at the same time (Maynard, 1982) resulting in release and fixation of
inorganic SO42-. Whole S cycle consists of many processes (Eriksen et al., 1995)
and hence S bioavailability in soil depends on net S-mineralization (Dedourge et
al., 2003). These two processes (mineralization and immobilization of S) are
affected by soil temperature, soil moisture, application of S fertilizers into the soil,
soil organic matter contents, C:S ratio, atmospheric-S-inputs and nature of plants
present in the soil (Edwards, 1998; Scherer, 2001). Organic S mineralizes annually
@ 3.3 to 6.7 μg S g-1 soil year-1, which is not sufficient to meet the crop
requirements (White, 2006).
Two inorganic S fractions are considered as plant available fractions, one
is water soluble S and other is adsorbed S, while some part of organic S
compounds that are easily mineralized also have importance in S availability
(Bettany et al., 1974). Estimation of plant available S is done by various methods
wherein different extractants are used such as H2O, CaCl2, KH2PO4, NaH2PO4,
12
and Ca(H2PO4)2 and NaHCO3 (Prietzel et al., 2001; Hu et al., 2005; Lehmann et
al., 2008). Matula (1999) stated that CaCl2 extractant may not be suitable due to
its precipitation reaction with calcium in calcareous soils.
Srinivasarao et al. (2004) determined different S fractions in Indian soils.
They reported total S from 241 to 391 mg kg-1, organic S from 191 to 362 mg kg-1,
adsorbed S from 12.9 to 59.0 mg kg-1 and available S from 3.5 to 9.2 mg kg-1. Hu
et al. (2005) concluded that organic S in calcareous soils was a dominant fraction
(>77 % of the total S). Total S concentration in soils generally ranges between
0.01 to 0.1 % (Balik et al., 2007; Morche, 2008) and organic S constitutes the
main portion of the total S in soil (Kertesz and Mirleau 2004, Yang et al., 2007a).
Sulfates present in the soil solution are easily removable and can be determined by
water extracts (Prietzel et al., 2001), while sorbed S can be estimated by P based
extractants in calcareous soils (Hue et al., 2005).
Balik et al. (2009) studied different inorganic and organic fractions of soil
S by adopting S fractionation scheme of Morche (2008). They reported water
soluble S from 14.4 to 29.8, sorbed S from 5.6 to 11.0, occluded S from 8.3 to
16.9, organic S from 99.2 to 228.0 and total S from 133.0 to 284.0 mg kg-1soil.
Sulfur fractionation scheme given by Morche (2008) was used in the present study
to observe changes in various S fractions in soil under the influence of S
application and sulfur oxidizing bacteria (SOB) inoculation.
13
Amount of inorganic soil S is very low as compared to the organic S. Main
inorganic S forms in soil are sulfates (SO42-) and sulfides (S). Aerobic soils
contain SO42- in sufficient amount (Bohn et al., 2001). Sulfites and elemental S in
soil may also present in small quantity (Watkinson and Kear, 1994).
Benchmark analysis of Pakistani soils revealed that 15 % soils of Pakistan
were S deficient (< 10 μg g-1), 30 % were satisfactory (11-30 μg g-1), 33 % soils
were found in the range of 31-99 μg g-1 and 22 % were in adequate range (> 100
μg g-1). Rainfed areas have low S contents than in irrigated areas. Canal and tube
well irrigated areas of central Punjab have the highest S concentration (> 100 μg
g-1) while well drained soils of Pothwar plateau had the lowest S contents (< 10 μg
g-1). Deficiency of S (< 10 μg g-1) was reported on 70 to 80 % area of Rawalpindi
district and Sindh province. Average S contents in Khyber Pakhtun Khwa
province are found 50 μg g-1 of soil. Average S conents in Baluchistan soils are
29 μg g-1 of soil. Deficiency of S was reported in different areas of Pakistan like
Pothwar (Punjab), Quetta-Pashin (Baluchistan) and Southern and Central Sindh
(Ahmed et al., 1994).
Sulfur is an important element in balanced plant nutrition and has
significant correlation with crop yield quantity and quality (Tiwari and Gupta,
2006; Gulati et al., 2007). Requirement of S for oil seed crops is more than fodder
crops. Sulfur deficiency in oil seed crops results in weak and less pod formation
and ultimately effects badly seed and oil production (Iqtidar and Jan, 2002). Sulfur
14
@ 30 to 60 kg ha-1 rendered positive effect on many crops under different
cropping systems on various Indian soil types (Hedge and Murthy, 2005). Singh et
al. (2002) found 17 to 30 % increase in crop yield as a result of S application.
Malhi and Gill (2002) observed significant increase in canola yield when S rate
increased from 15 to 30 kg ha-1.
Haneklaus et al. (1999) reported that 40 kg S ha-1 is sufficient in getting
maximum yield of oil seed rapes in North Germany. Choudhury et al. (2002)
found 40 % increase in rapeseed yield with 20 kg S ha-1. Application of S not only
enhances crop yield and crop quality but also it is economical as compared to N
and P fertilizers (Ghosh et al., 2000). Many studies showed that available S < 10
to 13 μg g-1 was deficient for majority of field crops (Hedge and Murthy, 2005)
and continuous S removal by crops results in S deficiency in soil (Aulakh, 2003).
Most of the S taken up by oil seed crops (70 to 80 %) reaches in seeds and
grains. Percentage of S translocation may be more in mustard and rapeseed
(Ghosh et al., 2000). Sufficient limit of S contents in canola is > 1 % S (Grant,
1991) while the critical limit of S for mustard crop is 0.21 to 0.24 % (Hedge and
Murthy, 2005). Bandyopadhyay and Chattopadhyay (2000) reported that the
average S contents in rapeseed plants were 0.10 % in India and Eriksen (2005)
reported 0.70 % in Denmark, while in Pakistan Ahmed et al. (1994) reported plant
S contents in raya crop between 0.94 to 1.11 %. Quantity of plant total S contents
and plant S uptake has a positive significant correlation with water soluble S
15
concentration in the soil solution (Tiwari and Gupta, 2006; Gulati et al., 2007,
Rahman, et al., 2011). Rahman et al. (2007) reported that biological and grain
yield of rice crop extensively enhanced with high quantity of water soluble S and
P in soil.
2.5 BIOLOGICAL SULFUR OXIDATION IN SOIL
The conversion of elemental S to sulfates in soil is necessary for its
availability to crops (Mahendra, 1988). Reduced form of S is sulfide of metals in
the soil. Its oxidation to sulfates takes place by sulfur oxidizing microorganisms.
Rate of S oxidation in coarse textured soils is faster and takes three to four weeks
for complete oxidation (Tandon, 1989). There is a close bacteria-substrate
interaction for oxidation of S (Briand et al., 1999). Basic substrate for SOB is
elemental S which oxidizes to sulfates during oxidation process (Pokorna et al.,
2007). Sulfur oxidation has two phases to predict S oxidation rate more suitably
viz., fast S oxidation and slow S oxidation phases (Slaton et al. 2001).
Current classification of SOB contains species of Thiobacillus,
Thiomicrospira and Thiosphaera. These are basically gram negative bacteria.
Some species of Xanthobacter, Paracoccus, Pseudomonas and Alcaligens are
heterotrophs and can also behave like chemolithotrophs by growing on inorganic
sulfur compounds (Kuenen and Beudeker, 1982).
16
Sulfur oxidizing bacteria include two main metabolic types, (i) obligate
chemolithotrophs which only depend on oxidizable sulfur compounds for growth
and (ii) heterotrophs that are also able to exercise the chemolithoautotrophic
mode. The species Thiobacillus thiooxidans, Thiobacillus ferrooxidans,
Thiobacillus thioparus, Thiobacillus neapolitanus, Thiobacillus denitrificans
(facultative denitrifier), Thiobacillu shalophilus (halophile) and few species of
Thiomicrospira are obligate chemolithotrophs. The species Thiobacillus
intermedius, Thiobacillus novellus, Thiobacillus acidophilus, Thiobacillus
aquaesulis, Paracoccus denitrificans, Xanthobacter tagetidis, P. versutus,
Thiomicrospira thyasirae, and Thiosphaera pantotroph are heterotrophs (Kelly
and Wood, 2000).
Thiobacilli generally enhances sulfur oxidation rate and it is further
boosted by the addition of sulfur in soil. Thiobacillus thiooxidans and Thiobacillus
ferrooxidans are mostly responsible for S oxidation in soils (Figure 1). They
utilize S to meet their energy requirement. Thiobacillus thioparus can not exist
below pH 2.5 (Masau et al., 2001). Large quantity of cations and anions can
inhibit the growth of T. thiooxidans (Suzuki et al., 1999). Therefore, S oxidation
may be affected by the amount of accumulated SO42- in soil (Harahuc et al., 2000).
Sulfur oxidation totally depends on SOB in many soils (Lawrence and Germida,
1991). Kelly and Wood (2000) reclassified genus Thiobacillus on the basis of
DNA tests, conditions for optimum growth such as pH, temperature (°C) and use
of energy source.
17
Soil P Bioavailable P
Inorganic & Organic
Figure 1. Schematic diagram of enhancing bio-available P in soil through sulfur
oxidation by Thiobacilli
S Oxidation Thioabacilli
Minerilzation / Solubilzation
S Reduction D.desulfuricans
Immobilization
18
Thiobacillus spp. are very important in the oxidization of S in soils (Yang
et al., 2010). The optimum temperature for biological S oxidation is from 30 to 40
◦C (Germida and Janzen, 1993). Sulfur oxidation produces sufficient amount of
sulfates like S fertilizers (Hassan et al., 2010; Aria et al., 2010; Yang et al., 2010).
Bacterial S oxidation takes place in the following oxidation steps:
Thiobacilli S° S2O3
2- S4O62- SO4
2-
Sulfur-oxidizing bacteria like Acidithiobacillus, Thiospirillopsis, and
Thiovulum under aerobic conditions oxidize inorganic S to sulfuric acid. The
reaction equation is as under:
S + H2O + 1.5O2 SO42- + 2H+, Δ Go = -587.1kJ / reaction.
Energy produced during the oxidation of S is used by SOB for the
synthesis of organic compounds from carbon dioxide (Madigan et al., 2003).
Bacterial sulfur oxidation is an acid generating phenomenon which decreases pH
of the media. Bacterial oxidation of S by A. thiooxidans and A. ferrooxidans is
shown by the following chemical equations:
S° + 1.5 O2 + H2O H2SO4
Fe3S4 + 7.5 O2 + H2O 3FeSO4 + H2SO4
Insoluble calcium bonded P compounds react with sulfuric acid produced
in the above reaction and resultantly gypsum is formed.
CaCO3 + H2SO4 + H2O CaSO4 ∙2H2O + CO2
19
Ca5 (PO4)3F + 5H2SO4 + 10H2O 3H3PO4 +
5CaSO4∙2H2O + HF
Phosphoric acid thus formed attacks on fluorapatite and P is dissolved and
converted to dicalcium phosphorous.
Ca5(PO4)3F+7H3PO4 5Ca(H2PO4)2 + HF
Bhatti and Yawar (2010) conducted an experiment by using phosphate
rock to estimate the P solubilizing capacity of two SOB strains Acidithiobacillus
ferrooxidans and Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans. They reported that both strains
together can solubilize huge quantity of P (70.2 % P2O5). They also determined
high quantity (39.81 mM) of sulfuric acid in the medium inoculated with
Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans and less quantity (28.83 mM) of sulfuric acid in the
medium inoculated with Acidithiobacillus ferrooxidans.
Rate of sulfuric acid produced directly relates to the rate of P dissolved.
Phosphorous solubilzation is a pH dependant phenomenon. Soil pH declines due
to H+ production as a result of S oxidation by SOB in soils (Jaggi et al., 2005;
Yang et al., 2010). Application of S may improve essential micronutrients
availability in soils having high pH values (Haneklaus et al., 2005). An increase in
electric conductivity and decrease in CaCO3 contents in the soil is also observed as
a result of H+ and SO42- production by S oxidation (Oh et al., 2010; Yang et al.,
2010). Furthermore, the concentration of other nutrients such as P and Zn also
20
increases in the soil solution by S oxidation which contributes to the EC values
(Zhou et al., 2002; Jaggi et al., 2005)
Liu et al. (2004) measured different quantities of sulfuric acid produced as
a result of biological S oxidation by Thiobacillus thiooxidans using different doses
of S in growth media. Maochun et al. (2002) and Kumar and Nagendran (2008)
recorded sulfuric acid production during S oxidation by Acidithiobacillus
thiooxidans (strain HSS). They also reported P solubilization (24 to 100 %) from
fluorapatite mineral present in phosphate rock. Stamford et al. (2003) and
Stamford et al. (2007) reported that Acidithiobacillus species produced sulfuric
acid by S application in soil which enhanced soil bioavailable P. Water-soluble
phosphorus level is increased by T. thiooxidans when compared with non-
inoculated treatments. Application of S and vermicompost also shows positive
effect on water soluble P (Aria et al., 2010) and the highest amount of water
soluble P was recorded in the first 15 days of incubation.
Miransari et al. (2007) reported that Thiobacilli enhanced biochemical S
oxidation through which soil pH decreased and P availability increased. According
to Besharati et al. (2007) application of S along with Thiobacillus significantly
increases plant available P in soil. Acidithiobacillus ferrooxidans and A.
thiooxidans oxidize pyrite and S, respectively and release P from RP (Rajan, 2002;
Besharati et al., 2007; Chi et al., 2007). Phosphorous solubilizing efficiency of
SOB can also be evaluated through determining phosphorous solubilizing index
21
(PSI) like other phosphorous solubilzing microorganisms (Hariprasad and
Niranjana, 2009; Ahmad and Khan, 2010).
Brenner et al. (2005) characterized and identified different SOB isolates
using different morphological, physiological and biochemical properties according
to the Bergey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. Similarly, various scientists
identified the genus Thiobacillus on the basis of their different biochemical
characteristics (Kelly and Harrison, 1989; Kelly and Wood, 2000; Vidyalakshmi
and Sridar, 2007; Kumar and Nagendran, 2008; Jiang et al., 2009; Hassan et al.,
2010; Babana et al., 2011).
From all the above mentioned discussion, it is concluded that mostly
calcium bounded insoluble and unavailable forms of P exist in alkaline and
calcareous soils of Pakistan. These fixed forms of P in soil can be released /
solubilzed by their reaction with sulfuric acid produced through bacterial S
oxidation by interactive effect of Thiobacillus spp. and S application in soil.
Availability of sulfates and soil micronutrients (Zn, Fe, Mn, B and Cu) is also
restricted by soil alkalinity and calcareousness and their bioavailability can be
enhanced through bacterial S oxidation mechanism. Therefore, exploitation of
Thiobacillus spp. for enhancing bio-available P in soil through bio-fertilization has
a great potential for making use of ever increasing fixed P pool in soil and natural
reserves of rock phosphate.
22
Chapter 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The materials and methods included sampling for sulfur oxidizing bacteria
from different microbial ecologies, isolation of efficient SOB, testing of
phosphorous solubilization potential of these SOB and comparison of different
sulfur levels with SOB against P fertilizer for P solubilization. Details of all the
experiments are described in the following paragraphs:
3.1 SCREENING OF SULFUR OXIDIZING BACTERIA FROM
DIFFERENT MICROBIAL ECOLOGIES
Samples were collected from ten different ecologies viz., paddy fields
(PF), wheat rhizosphere (WR), sugarcane rhizosphere (SR), maize rhizosphere
(MR), industrial wastewater (IW), canal water (CW), sulfur mud (SM), sewage
water (SW), industrial waste sludge (IS) and sewage sludge (SS). Detail of
sampling sites (ecologies) is given in Appendix I.
3.1.1 Isolation of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria
Isolation of SOB was carried out by using thiosulphate broth medium
(Beijerinck, 1904). Its composition is: Na2S2O3, 5.0 g; K2HPO4, 0.1 g; NaHCO3,
0.2 g; NH4Cl, 0.1 g dissolved in 1.0 L distilled water. The pH of the medium was
adjusted at 8.0. The indicator used was bromo cresol purple. The medium was
then autoclaved for sterilization. From the collected samples, 1 g mL-1 was added
22
23
to 20 mL of the broth poured in test tubes under aseptic conditions (Wollum II,
1982). Then the tubes were incubated at 30 °C in BOD incubator for 4-5 days.
Change in colour from purple to yellow indicated the growth of SOB in the tubes.
Purification of isolates was undertaken by transferring the isolates to the
fresh broth medium thrice at fortnightly intervals. Individual colonies were
obtained by streaking isolates on thiosulphate agar plates. Fifty pure isolates
obtained were labeled according to their sampling ecologies. The detail is given in
Table 1. These pure isolates were preserved for their characterization and further
experiments. Pure isolates of SOB the most efficient SOB were screened on the
basis of their (i) efficiency of lowering pH in thiosulphate broth medium (ii)
growth rate in thiosulphate agar plates (iii) phosphorous solubilization index (PSI)
and (iv) P solubilization efficiency. The screened SOB isolates were characterized
by colony morphology and biochemical tests (Smibert and Krieg, 1994). Detail of
procedures is as under:
3.1.2 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria for Phosphorous Solubilization
For pH reduction test thiosulphate broth medium was prepared and its pH
was adjusted at 8.0. One milliliter specimens of previously obtained isolates were
inoculated in 20 mL thiosulphate broth medium, and incubated at 30 °C for 16
days. The pH was recorded after 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 days of incubation. Screening of
isolates was done on the basis of their efficacy to reduce pH from 8.0 to less than
6.0. Also colour change from purple to yellow in broth medium was noted.
24
For colour change test in thiosulphate agar plates, Thiosulphate agar plates
were prepared and isolates were inoculated. Rate of colour change (from purple to
yellow) was recorded after 01, 02, 04 and 08 days of inoculation to determine the
growth rate efficiency of isolates.
Phosphorous solubilization index (PSI) was determined by placing the
SOB culture (0.1 mL) on thiosulphate tricalcium phosphate (TCP) 0.5 % agar
plates and incubated for 8 days at 30 °C. Phosphorous solubilization zones were
formed on thiosulphate TCP agar plates. Phosphorous solubilization index was
calculated after 01, 02, 04 and 08 days using the following formula (Edi-Premono
et al., 1996).
Colony diameter + Halozone diameter
PSI = _______________________________
Colony diameter
Phosphorous solubilzation efficiency of SOB isolates was determined
through the following two bioleaching tests:
A test was performed to measure the phosphorous solubilization efficiency
of the isolates selected through pH, colour change and PSI measurements. The
experiment was arranged in completely randomized design with three replications.
Thirty three conical flasks of 250 mL were used which contained 100 mL
thiosulphate broth media in which K2HPO4 was replaced by tricalcium phosphate
(TCP 0.5 %). The pH was adjusted at 8.0. After autoclave the flasks were
25
inoculated with 1 mL broth culture of each of the 10 selected SOB isolates in 3
flasks and three flasks were kept as control without inoculation. The flasks were
incubated (100 rev min−1) at 30 °C for 32 days. At various intervals, aliquot
samples (5 mL) were drawn and centrifuged. The supernatants were examined for
pH, sulfate contents and P solubilization.
Another test was performed to test the P solubilization efficiency of the
best 07 SOB isolates among from the 10 isolates tested with TCP. The experiment
was organized in a completely randomized design (CRD) with three replications.
Twenty four conical flasks of 250 mL (including 03 as control) were used which
contained 100 mL thiosulphate broth media and 1 g elemental sulfur. The pH was
adjusted at 8.0. After autoclave the flasks were inoculated with 1 mL broth culture
of each of the seven selected SOB isolates in three flasks making three replications
and three flasks were kept as control without inoculation. The flasks were
incubated at 30 °C. Sulfuric acid produced thus was utilized in phosphorous
solubilization from the pre sterilized rock phosphate (10 g) added after 07 days of
inoculation. At various intervals aliquot samples (5 mL) were drawn. The
Supernatants were tested for pH, sulphate contents and for soluble P contents.
Metrohm High-precision 780 pH meter was used to determine pH of the
leach solutions and the amount of soluble P was determined through Mo-blue
method (Watanabe and Olsen, 1965). Sulfates concentration in the leach solutions
26
was measured by ion chromatography (conductivity detector L-2470, pump L-
2130, column oven L-2350) as described by Oh et al. (2010).
3.1.3 Biochemical Characterization of Selected Isolates
For Gram staining thin smears of the SOB isolates were made on the glass
slides and were heat fixed. Smears were stained with crystal violet. Slides were
flooded with iodine solution for 30 seconds. Iodine solution was drained and 75 %
alcohol was used for half to 1 minute for colour removal. Counter staining was
done with safranin for 1 minute. Then the glass slides were examined for colour
indication of G +ve and G -ve nature of bacteria (Vincent, 1970).
Motility test was performed for observing the ability of the SOB to move
away from the line of inoculation. Motility media (Barrow and Feltham, 1993)
was used for this purpose. Motility agar tubes were prepared by taking motility
agar 3.0 g/150 mL distilled water in 250 mL conical flasks. After autoclave it was
poured in glass tubes. To perform the motility test SOB samples were inoculated
in the motility agar tubes with a straight wire up to the depth of about 5 mm. After
capping the tubes, they were placed in the incubator at 30 °C for 48 hours. The
SOB which migrated away from the line of inoculation showed positive motility
test while the others indicated negative motility test result.
For catalase test a drop of hydrogen peroxide was kept on a microscope
slide. Colonies of the SOB were touched with an applicator stick and then pasted a
27
small in the drop of hydrogen peroxide. Formation of bubbles indicated catalase
positive test, whereas catalase test was negative in case of no bubbles formed.
For oxidase test prepared 1 % solution of N-tetramethyl-p-phenylen
ediamine dihdrochloride in distilled water. Then poured it in a filter paper. After
that took colonies of SOB with an applicator stick and pasted on the filter paper.
Colour change to purple within 30-60 seconds showed positive, while no colour
indicates oxidase test negative.
Nitrate reduction test was performed by taking Nitrate broth @ 9 g L-1
distilled water, dispensed 10 mL of broth into glass tubes and autoclaved them.
Glass tubes were heavily inoculated (1.0 mL/tube) with fresh cultures of SOB.
Also took a negative control along with others. Glass tubes were incubated at 35 to
37 °C for 48 hours. Then put 5 drops of reagent A first and then 5 drops of reagent
B into the test tubes. Glass tubes were shaked well. Red/pink colour developed
within a few minutes indicated nitrate reduction test positive. In case of colourless
suspension small amount of zinc powder was added. Colourless suspension for 10-
15 minutes revealed positive test. But in case of pink colour formation the result
was negative (Knapp and Clark, 1984).
Reagent A (sulfanilic acid solution): Dissolved sulfanilic acid @ 8 g L-1
5N acetic acid and stored it in room temperature in dark brown glass bottles.
Reagent B (α-Naphthylamine solution): Dissolved N, N-Dimethyl-1-
28
naphthylamine @ 6 g L-1 5N acetic acid and stored it at 2 to 8°C in dark brown
glass bottles.
For triple sugar test (glucose, sucrose, lactose and H2S production)
dissolved triple sugar iron (TSI) agar @ 65 g L-1 distilled water. Autoclaved it and
poured in already autoclaved slants. After cooling, the slants were inoculated with
SOB and placed in the incubator at 30 °C for 48 hours. Change in colour indicated
different positive and negative results as stated in the followings:
Red colour No fermentation of glucose, sucrose and lactose and
no H2S is formed
Yellow slant, yellow butt glucose, sucrose and lactose fermented
Black colour H2S formed
Red slant with yellow butt No lactose or sucrose fermentation, lactose is fermented
Methyl red (M.R.) test was carried out by dissolving methyl red-Vogues
Proskauer agar @ 15.0 g L-1 distilled water. After autoclave it was transferred into
already autoclaved slants. Then inoculated them with SOB to be tested with a
transfer loop and allowed to grow at 30 °C for 5 days in the incubator. After this,
methyl red was added in the MR tubes. Red colour indicated positive result and
yellow colour was due to negative response.
For Citrate test dissolved Simmons citrate agar @ 23.04 g L-1 distilled
water and autoclaved. Transferred it into already autoclaved slants. Then
29
inoculated them with SOB to be tested with a transfer loop and allowed to grow at
30 °C for 48 hours in the incubator. Colour changed from green to blue indicated
positive results.
3.2 COMPARATIVE EFFICIENCY OF THE ISOLATES FOR SOIL
PHOSPHOROUS SOLUBILIZATION
One kg soil was incubated and twenty treatments combinations were
applied with three replications. Two factor treatments viz., (i) three levels of S and
(ii) four strains of the most efficient Thiobacillus spp. (1 mL of 106 cells fresh
culture g-1 S) for P solubilization were employed. Facotor 1 consisted of S levels
(i) no S (ii) 25 mg kg-1 (iii) 37.5 mg kg-1 and (iv) 50 mg kg-1. Factor 2 contained
(i) control (No Thiobacilli spp. inoculation) (ii) Thiobacillus isolate IW16 (iii)
Thiobacillus isolate SW2 (iv) Thiobacillus isolate IW1 and (v) Thiobacillus isolate
IW14 strain. The soil was incubated at 30 °C for 90 days, and samples were drawn
after 30, 60 and 90 days. The samples were analysed for pH, ECe, CaCO3
contents, sequential P fractions, bio-available P, different sulfur fractions and
micronutrients concentration in the incubated soil.
3.3 SULFUR OXIDIZING BACTERIA APPLICATION ON PLANT
GROWTH AND PHOSPHOROUS UPTAKE
Effect of Thiobacillus strains (IW16 and SW2 @ 1 mL of 106 cells fresh
culture g-1 S) and S (100 kg ha-1) in combination with two doses of phosphorous
fertilizer viz., 45 and 90 kg P2O5 ha-1 on different attributes of soil and crops was
30
determined through field experiment. The experiment was conducted in two
permanent lay outs on two places by using two cereal based multiple cropping
systems, viz., rice- wheat on one place and maize-maize (spring and autumn) on
the other place. The plot size was 3 m × 3 m where fifteen treatment combinations
were arranged in randomized complete block design in three replications.
Recommended cultural and agronomic practices were followed equally in all
treatments. The treatments combinations were applied at the start of the
experiment. The treatments were (i) control P0S0, (ii) P1 45 kg P2O5 ha-1, (iii) P2
90 kg P2O5 ha-1, (iv) S 100 kg ha-1 and (v) P1S 45 kg P2O5 ha-1 + 100 kg S ha-1
taken as Factor 1, while factor 2 contained (i) control (No Thiobacilli spp.
inoculation), (ii) Thiobacillus strain1 (IW16 strain) and (iii) Thiobacillus strain2
(SW2 strain).
Rice nursery (C.V. Pukhraj) was transplanted on 1st July. Fifty five kg ha-1
N, full dose of potassium (K2O @ 70 kg ha-1) and two P doses in the form of DAP
(P1 = 45 kg P2O5 ha-1, and P2 = 90 kg P2O5 ha-1) were used as a basal dose.
Remaining half dose of nitrogen was applied after 25 days of rice nursery
transplantation. Soil samples were taken before rice nursery transplantation and at
harvest to analyze for quantity of bio-available P in the soil. Various crop
parameters (plant height, number of tillers plant-1, panicle length and number of
grains panicle-1) were recorded at harvest. Then the concentration of P in rice
grain and straw was determined. Phosphorous uptake by grains and straw was also
31
calculated. Rice paddy, straw and biological yields, harvest index and 1000 grains
weight were recorded by harvesting from the whole treatment plots.
Wheat (Triticum aestivum L) crop variety Millat 2011 was sown after the
harvest of rice crop on 1st November. The seed (125 kg ha-1) treated with fungicide
Vitavex @ 2.5 g kg-1 of seed were applied in combination at the start of the
experiment. Full recommended doses of P in the form of DAP (P1 = 45 kg P2O5
ha-1 and P2 = 90 kg P2O5 ha-1), potassium (K2O @ 70 kg ha-1) in the form of
potassium sulphate and half dose of nitrogen (55 kg ha-1) in the form of urea were
applied at sowing, while remaining half dose of nitrogen was applied at first
irrigation. Soil samples were drawn at harvest for determining the amount of bio-
available P. Plant sampling was done at harvest to record plant height, number of
tillers plant-1, spike length and number of grains spike-1. Then the plants were oven
dried (at 70 °C for 48 h) to determine P concentration in wheat grain and straw
and then P uptake by wheat grain and straw was also calculated. Whole of the
treatment plots were harvested and air dried to measure wheat grain straw and
biological yields, harvest index and 1000 grains weight.
Maize (Zea maize L) crop variety hybrid 32 M 15 was sown on 1st
February (spring crop) and 1st July (autumn crop) with seed rate of 30 kg ha-1. All
treatments were applied in combination at the start of the experiment. Nitrogen
fertilizer was divided into four equal doses and each dose contained 46 kg N ha-1.
32
First nitrogen dose as urea, full dose of potassium (K2O) @ 70 kg ha-1 as
potassium sulphate and phosphorous doses P1 (45 kg P2O5 ha-1) and P2 (90 kg P2O5
ha-1) as DAP were applied at the time of sowing. Second nitrogen dose was
applied at the time when the plants attained 1.0 feet height, third dose was given
when the plants reached the height of 2.5 feet, while fourth and the last dose of
nitrogen was applied to the crop just before the flowering stage. Soil sampling was
undertaken before and after harvest to determine bio-available P contents in the
soil. At harvesting stage plant sampling (10 plants per plot) was done for counting
the number of cobs plant-1 and number of grains plant-1. Plants samples were oven
dried at 70 °C to determine P concentration in maize grains and stalk. Crop from
whole of the treatment plots was harvested, sun dried and then grain, stalk and
biological yields were recorded and harvest indexes were determined.
Thousand grains weight in all the crops was recorded by counting
randomly selected 1000 grains (air dried) from each treatment. Similarly, P in all
the crops was calculated by the following formula:
P uptake (kg P2O5 ha-1) = P (concentration %) × Yield (kg) / 100
3.4 PLANT ANALYSES
For the determination of P concentration from straw / stalk and grains of
rice, wheat and maize crops di-acid (HNO3-HClO4) digestion was used (Ryan et
al., 2001). Took 1.0 g of already dried plant material samples and transferred them
separately into a 100-mL Pyrex digestion tubes. Ten mL of 2:1 nitric-perchloric
33
acid mixture was added and allowed to stand overnight. One tube was taken as
blank which contained 10 mL of 2:1 nitric-perchloric acid mixture without plant
material. Tubes were kept in a block digester and digestion was done. After
cooling the volume was made with distilled water.
Ammonium-vanadomolybdate reagent was prepared by dissolving
ammonium heptamolybdate (22.5 g) + ammonium metavanadate (1.25 g) +
concentrated nitric acid (250 mL) in 1.0 L distilled water. Took 10 mL of the
digested filtrate and 10 mL ammonium-vanadomolybdate reagent into 100-mL
volumetric flask and made the volume with distilled water. A calibration curve
was prepared by proceeding standard stock solution as for samples. A blank was
also made with 10 mL ammonium-vanadomolybdate reagent and proceeded as for
samples. The absorbance was read after 30 minutes at 410 nm wavelength in
spectrophotometer (Optizen 2120 UV plus) and P concentration was read from the
calibration curve.
3.5 SOIL SAMPLING AND ANALYSES
Soil samples were taken from 0-10 cm depth with 5 cm diameter auger.
Soil samples were sieved (2 mm) and stored for analyses (Ryan et al., 2001).
For determination of soil texture, suspension containing 40.0 g of soil
sample, 40 mL of 1% sodium hexa meta- phosphate and 150 mL of distilled water
was kept over night. Contents were shifted to cylinder after 10 minutes stir and
34
reading was recorded with Boyoucos Hydrometer method. Soil textural class was
checked through ISSS triangle (Page et al., 1982).
Soil pH was measured in 1:1 ratio of soil and distilled water by using soil
pH meter Metrohm High-precision 780 (Page et al., 1982). Soil extract was taken
from the saturated soil paste and determined electrical conductivity through
conductivity meter (Page et al., 1982).
Calcium carbonate was determined by a procedure based on CH3COOH
consumption. Known excess quantity of 0.4 M CH3COOH was added to a known
quantity of soil and pH of supernatant was measured after complete dissolution of
the solid phase carbonate (Leoppert et al., 1984).
For the determination of organic matter 1.0 gram sieved soil was taken,
added 10 ml 1 N potassium dichromate solution and 20 mL concentrated H2SO4.
After 30 minutes added 200 mL distilled water and 10 mL concentrated
orthophosphoric acid along with 10-15 drops of diphenylamine indicator. Titration
was done with 0.5 M ferrous ammonium sulfate solution (Page et al., 1982).
Available P of the soil samples was determined by Olsen et al. (1954)
method modified later (Watanabe and Olsen, 1965). Reagents used were sodium
hydroxide solution (5 N), sodium bicarbonate solution (0.5 M), sulfuric acid
solution (5 N), p-nitrophenol Indicator, 0.25 % w/v, reagent A (ammonium
35
heptamolybdate 12 g in 250 mL distilled water + antimony potassium tartrate
0.2908 g in 100 mL distilled water. Both the reagents were added to 1-L 5 N
H2SO4 (148 mL concentrated H2SO4 per liter) in a 2-L volumetric flask and made
the volume with distilled water) and reagent B (L-Ascorbic acid (C6H8O6) 1.056 g
+ 200 mL of Reagent A). Five gram soil (2-mm) was taken in a 250-mL
Erlenmeyer flask, added 100 mL 0.5 M sodium bicarbonate solution and shaken
for 30 minutes. One flask having all chemicals without soil was included as blank.
The solution was filtered. Took 10 mL filtrate in a 50-mL volumetric flask,
acidified to pH 5.0 with 5 N H2SO4 by using P-nitrophenol indicator (change in
colour from yellow to colorless). Added 8 mL reagent B and made the volume to
50- mL with distilled water. Then absorbance of blank, standards and samples
were read after 10 minutes at 882 nm wavelength in spectrophotometer (Optizen
2120 UV plus) and P concentration was read from the calibration curve.
3.5.1 Phosphorous Fractionation
Sequential extraction of P was carried out according to the procedure given
by Jiang and Gu (1989) for the determination of various P fractions in soil. A brief
methodology is given below:
Step 1: Ca2-P
One gram sieved soil was taken into 100 mL centrifuge tube, added 50 mL
of 0.25 M NaHCO3, shaken for 1 hour (20-25oC), centrifuged at 3500 revolutions
per minute for 8 minutes. Put the upper cleaned solution into the triangular flask,
36
took 5 mL of this solution into 50 mL volumetric flask and diluted to about 25 mL
with distilled water. Added two drops of 2, 4- DNP indicator, adjusted the colour
of the solution to light yellow with H2SO4 and NH4OH. Added 5 mL of colour
reagent B (as used in available P determination) and the volume was made to 50
mL. After standing for half an hour P determination was done by
spectrophotometer (Optizen 2120 UV plus) at 700 nm wavelength.
Step 2: Ca8-P
The soil residue from step 1 was washed twice with 95 % alcohol and kept
for 4 hours after adding 50 mL 0.5 M NH4AC (pH 4.2). The mixture was shaken
for 1 hour, centrifuged and the supernatant was analyzed for P as for first step.
Step 3: Al-P
The soil residue was washed twice with saturated NaCl solution, shaken
for 1.0 hour after adding 50 mL 0.5 M NH4F (pH 8.2). Then the mixture was
centrifuged. Took 10 mL of the supernatant into 50 mL volumetric flask with
same volume of 0.8 M H3BO3, made the volume and was analyzed for P as for
first step.
Step 4: Fe-P
The soil residue was washed twice with saturated NaCl solution, shaken
for 2 hours after adding 50 mL solution of 0.1M NaOH + 0.1M Na2CO3 in 1:1
ratio. It was left unshaken for 16 hours, shaken again for 2 hours and centrifuged.
37
Put the upper cleaned solution into the triangular flask, added 1.5 mL of
condensed H2SO4 (The volume was included when determining P content), shaken
and filtered in order to wipe out flocculated organic matter. Took 5 mL of the
solution into 50 mL volumetric flask and measured P as for step one.
Step 5: Occluded-P
The soil residue was washed twice with saturated NaCl solution, kept in
hot water bath after adding 40 mL 0.3 M trisodium citrate solution. After attaining
80 °C temperature, 1 g of sodium dithionite was added and the suspension was
stirred continuously for 15 minutes. Then added 10 mL of 0.5N NaOH solution,
continued stirring for 10 minutes, centrifuged and cooled off. . Took 10 mL of the
filtrate into 50 mL triangular flask and added 10 mL of the three acid mixture
solution (1 H2SO4: 2 HClO4:7 HNO3). Made the volume after digestion and
analyzed P.
Step 6: Ca10-P
Fifty milliliter of 0.5 N H2SO4 was added to the remaining soil residue,
shaken for 1 hour and centrifuged. Took 5 mL of the filtrate into 50 mL
volumetric flask, made the volume and determined P as for step one. Quantity of P
in each fraction was determined by following the procedure of Murphy and Riley
(1962).
Total P was determined by digesting the soil with HClO4 method (Olsen
and Sommers, 1982). Two grams air-dried soil (0.15 mm) was taken in digestion
38
tube and 30 mL of 60 % HClO4 along with few pumice-boiling granules were
added. The tubes were placed in a block-digester; its temperature was raised to
180 °C till the white sand colour, then cooled, raised to 100 mL volume and
filtered through Whatman No. 41 filter paper. Ten mL vanadomolybdate reagent
was added into 5 mL of the sample filtrate making volume to 50 mL. Absorbance
of blank, standards and samples were read on spectrophotometer (Optizen 2120
UV plus) at 410 nm wavelength.
Sulfur fractionation was done by the method followed by Morche (2008).
Step 1: S-H2O
One gram fine air dried sieved soil (<2 mm) was taken in 100 mL
centrifuge tube, shaken for 30 minutes after adding 10 mL de-mineralized water,
centrifuged for 10 minutes and the supernatant was analyzed for water soluble S.
Step 2: S-NaH2PO4
NaH2PO4 0.032 M 10 mL was added into the soil residue, shaken for 30
minutes, centrifuged at 10000 rpm for 10 minutes and the supernatant was
analyzed for sorbed S.
Step 3: S-HCl
HCl 1M 20 mL was added into the remaining soil sample, shaken for 60
minutes, centrifuged and supernatant was analyzed for occluded S.
39
Amount of S in each fraction was analyzed by ion chromatography
(conductivity detector L-2470, pump L-2130, column oven L-2350) adopting the
method described by Oh et al., 2010.
Total soil S was determined by gravitation method (Mohammed and
Adamu, 2009). Took 1.0 gm sieved (0.2 mm) soil in a crucible, mixed with 5.0 g
Na2CO3 and 0.2 g of NaNO3, heated in an electric muffle furnace model LEF-130
SE (3) at 400°C for 30 minutes. Then it was fused at 950 °C. The crucible was
cooled and placed in a 150 mL beaker. The beaker was heated below boiling on a
hot plate after adding de-ionized water to disintegrate the contents thoroughly.
The contents were then filtered into a 100 mL volumetric flask along with
sufficient deionized water, added 20 mL of 6 M HCl and made the volume.
Slowly added 10 mL BaCl2 2H2O (10 %) into the solution at boiling for
precipitation of sulphate. After cooling, it was filtered and washed the residue
with de-ionized water. Ignition of ashless filter paper was done at 40°C and
weighed the precipitate. HF and H2SO4 (few drops) were used to treat the ignited
precipitate. It was weighed again after cautiously ignited. Sulfur percent in the
precipitate was calculated by Jackson (1958).
Soil micronutrients (Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn) were determined using the
method given by Ryan et al. (2001). Standard curves for each metal element were
prepared separately from their respective standard stock and working solutions on
atomic absorption spectrophotometer model AA-6300. Took 10 g soil (2-mm) into
40
a 125-mL Erlenmeyer flask, added 20 mL DTPA extraction solution, shaken for
two hours and was filtered. A blank was also run along with samples without soil.
Soil micronutrients (Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn) were determined from the filtrate on
atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
The concentration of available B in the soil was determined by hot-water
method presented by Ryan et al. (2001).
3.6 STATISTICAL ANALYSES
During the first phase of study, variance in pH change, rate of colour
change, PSI, sulfate contents and quantities of P solubilized were analyzed taking
SOB collected from different ecologies as source of variance. In the second phase
the data regarding different soil variables were examined for taking different
levels of S amendment and Thiobacillus spp. as source of variance. In the third
phase (field experiments) S, two levels of P and Thiobacillus spp. were kept as
source of variance to analyze the data regarding soil and crop variables. Treatment
means were compared by DMRT at 5 % level of significance using MSTAT-C
software (Steel et al., 1997). The data was analyzed for simple linear correlation
and regression through MS Excel to evaluate the interrelationship and
interdependence among various soil and plant variables.
41
Chapter 4
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
4.1 SCREENING OF SULFUR OXIDIZING BACTERIA FROM
DIFFERENT MICROBIAL ECOLOGIES
4.1.1 Occurance of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria
Among all the samples (160), 50 samples were SOB +ve (Table 1). The
industrial wastewater, sulfur mud and sewerage water had 80, 60 and 60 % SOB
occurrence frequency (Figure 2). Sulfur or reduced S compounds are essential for
the existence of Thiobacilli (Pokorna et al., 2007). A close SOB-S relationship
exists in biological S oxidation (Briand et al., 1999).
4.1.2 Screening of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria for Phosphorous Solubilization
The SOB isolates were screened on the basis of pH reduction in
thiosulphate broth, rate of colour change (purple to strong yellow) in thiosulphate
agar plates, phosphorous solubilization index (PSI) and their P-solubilization
efficiency through bioleaching tests in broth containing tricalcium phosphate and
Rock phosphate. Detail of results is as under:
4.1.2.1 The pH reduction
Amongst from 50 SOB isolates, the maximum significant decrease
in pH was observed with IW16 where pH decreased to 2.42 from pH 8.00 of the
the media after 16 days and minimum decrease was noted in SM9 giving a pH
41
42
Table 1. Ecology-wise description of sulfur oxidizing bacteria
Ecology Total SOB +ve
SOB -ve
Isolates
--------- No. of samples --------
Paddy fields (PF) 15 2 13 PF2, PF3
Wheat Rhizosphere (WR)
50 10 40 WR2, WR4, WR7, WR9, WR10, WR12, WR13, WR14, WR15, WR16
Sugarcane Rhizosphere (SR)
15 2 13 SR2, SR8
Maize Rhizosphere (MR)
15 2 13 MR6, MR8
Industrial wastewater (IW)
10 8 2 IW1, IW3, IW4, IW5, IW7, IW13, IW14, IW16
Canal water (CW) 10 3 7 CW1, CW2, CW3
Sulfur mud (SM) 15 9 6 SM1, SM2, SM3, SM4, SM7, SM9, SM11, SM12, SM14
Sewage water (SW) 10 6 4 SW1, SW2, SW4, SW5, SW11, SW14
Industrial waste sludge (IS)
10 5 5 IS1, IS2, IS11, IS12, IS16
Sewage sludge (SS) 10 3 7 SS1, SS4, SS6
Total : 160 50 110
43
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
PF WR SR MR IW CW SM SW IS SS
SOB Ecologies
SO
B o
ccu
ran
ce f
req
uen
cy (
%)
Figure 2. Frequency of SOB in sampling ecologies indicating highest number
different SOB in industrial waste water: PF, paddy fields, WR, wheat rhizosphere,
SR, sugarcane rhizosphere, MR, maize rhizosphere, IW, industrial wastewater,
CW, canal water, SM, sulfur mud, SW, sewage water, IS, industrial waste sludge,
SS, sewage sludge
44
Plate 1. Isolation and purification of sulfur oxidizing bacteria
45
value of 7.06 after 16 days (Appendix II). Six SOB isolates IW1, SW2, IW13,
IW14, IW16 and SM1 decreased net pH > 4.00 points and 01 SOB isolate SS1
reduced net pH 3.54 points. Thirteen isolates dropped net pH in the range of 2.00
to 2.90 points, 28 isolates reduced net pH from 1.00 to 1.90 points and 02 isolates
dropped net pH < 1.00 point. However, no change in pH was observed in case of
control where no inoculation was done. The SOB isolates which dropped
maximum pH after 16 days of inoculation were considered the best amongst the
50 SOB isolates. Four isolates viz., IW16, SW2, IW1 and IW14 were the most
efficient isolates in reducing pH, SM1 and IW13 isolates had moderate and the
rest of SOB isolates had poor efficiency of reducing pH in thiosulphate broth
media. The pH reduction in the media is linked with the production of sulfuric
acid by SOB isolates through S oxidation. High sulfuric acid producer SOB
isolates dropped more pH than the less sulfuric acid producers. Hassan et al.
(2010) and Yang et al. (2010) also reported decrease in pH after inoculation of
SOB as a consequent of sulfuric acid production through S oxidation.
4.1.2.2 Colour change Appendix III presents the data regarding rate of colour change in
thiosulphate agar plates inoculated with SOB isolates. Rate of colour change from
purple to yellow on thiosulphate agar plates inoculated with the SOB isolates
relate with efficiency of SOB isolates (Vidyalakshmi and Sridar, 2007). Amongst
IW1, SW2, SS1, IW13, IW14, IW16 and SM1 started changing colour during the
1st day. Amongst these seven SOB isolates SW2 and IW16 changed 100 % colour
46
in two days and IW1, IW14 and SM1 changed the colour in 4 days and the rest
two isolates SS1 and IW13 changed the colour in 08 days. No colour change was
found where no inoculation was done (control). Kelly and Wood (2000) reported
colour change by SOB in the media as an indication of sulfuric acid production.
Similarly, these results are quite similar with the results reported by Vidyalakshmi
and Sridar (2007) who also tested the efficiency of SOB isolates on the basis of
colour change in thiosulphate agar plates and then characterized different SOB
isolates on basis of rate of colour change.
4.1.2.3 Phosphorous solubilization index
The highest PSI 9.83 recorded in case of the isolate IW16 followed by PSI
8.42 for SW2, while the lowest PSI 0.86 was noted in case of SW5 (Appendix IV).
No holozone in thiosulphate agar plates was observed for control.
The isolates IW1, SW2, SS1, IW13, IW14, IW16, and SM1 made
holozones during 01 day indicating sulfuric acid production immediately after
inoculation which solubilized TCP around them, and, consequently holozones
appeared. Twelve SOB isolates were slower in producing sulfuric acid and
holozones became visible during 2nd day. Amongst, IW1, IS1, IS2, SW1, CW3,
WR4, WR10, WR13, and SM11 non significant difference was found in the SOB
isolates. The isolates PF2, IW5, IS11, SW4, SW5, CW2, WR2 and MR8 were the
slowest and the least efficient in making holozones. Islam et al. (2007) checked P
solubility of different phosphorous solubilizing bacteria on the basis of PSI and
47
reported the range of PSI from 1.2 to 6.7. Similarly, Hariprasad and Niranjana
(2009) and Ahemad and Khan (2010) also adopted the same method for estimating
PSI to evaluate P solubilizing efficiencies of different bacterial strains.
Seven SOB isolates IW1, SW2, SS1, IW13, IW14, IW16 and SM1 which
initiated colour change in thiosulphate agar plates and started making holozones in
in day 1st were selected for the next phase. Similarly, three SOB isolates WR12,
SM3 and SW11 performed better in colour change and holozone formation from
the 2nd day were also selected. In this way total 10 SOB isolates were selected for
the next assessment phase.
4.1.2.4 Phosphorous solubilization efficiency
Selected isolates were tested for their P solubilization capability inoculated
in thiosulphate TCP 0.5 % broth media for 32 days and recorded pH, sulfate
contents and quantity of P solubilized after 08, 16, 24 and 32 days. In the second
test rock phosphate was used instead of TCP and pH, sulfate contents and
quantities of P solubilized were recorded after 10, 20, 30 and 40 days.
Through tricalcium phosphate bioleaching
The highest reduction in pH was recorded as 2.46 (net reduction of 5.54
points) in IW16, while the lowest decrease in pH (4.52 with net reduction of 3.48
points) was noted in treatment SM3 (Table 2). However, pH of the control flasks
where no inoculation was done remained unchanged during the whole incubation
period. Four SOB isolates IW16, SW2, IW1 and IW14 were the best in pH
48
Table 2. The pH reduction by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium phosphate
media during the incubation period
Treatments 08-day 16-day 24-day 32-day
Control 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a
IW1 3.40 i 3.23 h 2.84 h 2.63 i
SW2 3.31 j 3.12 hi 2.78 h 2.58 i
SS1 5.06 e 4.49 e 3.54 e 3.24 e
WR12 7.00 c 5.61 c 4.48 c 4.22 c
SM3 7.18 b 7.00 b 4.86 b 4.52 b
IW13 3.74 g 3.54 g 3.13 g 2.88 g
IW14 3.62 h 3.46 g 3.03 g 2.76 h
IW16 3.23 k 3.01 i 2.72 h 2.46 j
SM1 4.48 f 3.88 f 3.33 f 3.03 f
SW11 5.36 d 4.94 d 4.08 d 3.54 d
LSD 0.05 0.16 0.17 0.08
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
49
Table 3. Sulfates production by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium phosphate
media during incubation period
Treatments 08-day 16-day 24-day 32-day
------------------------------- mg L-1---------------------------------
Control 0.0 i 0.0 j 0.0 k 0.0 k
IW1 381.5 c 561.2 c 1392.8 c 2233.9 c
SW2 469.7 b 721.5 b 1582.0 b 2552.3 b
SS1 8.4 g 30.8 g 276.2 g 562.0 g
WR12 0.0 i 2.4 i 31.9 i 57.6 i
SM3 0.0 i 0.0 j 13.4 j 29.3 j
IW13 172.8 e 275.7 e 705.9 e 1279.8 e
IW14 230.9 d 331.0 d 901.3 d 1676.2 d
IW16 571.6 a 938.3 a 1817.7 a 3315.9 a
SM1 31.6 f 124.2 f 453.4 f 899.0 f
SW11 4.2 h 11.0 h 79.7 h 274.8 h
LSD 0.2 0.5 8.4 11.2
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
50
reduction in thiosulphate tricalcium phosphate broth media as well as in
thiosulphate media. Aria et al. (2010) and Oh et al. (2010) also recorded pH
reduction by Thiobacilli in different media. They declared it as an essential
characteristic of the genus Thiobacillus.
Amongst the ten SOB isolates IW16 produced the highest significant
amount of sulfates (3315.9 mg L-1), while the lowest quantity of sulfates (29.3 mg
L-1) were recorded with SM3 isolate (Table 3). Moreover, four SOB isolates
IW16, SW2, IW1 and IW14 were highly efficient in sulfate production than the
rest of seven isolates. The sulfate contents gradually increased from 8 to 32 days
of leaching time in all treatments except in control where no change was observed.
The increasing concentration of SO42- in the leach solutions depicted the efficiency
of the isolates to oxidize S. The most efficient SOB isolates rapidly oxidized S
compounds and converted them into sulfates, whereas less efficient SOB
isolates did this slowly and consequently low quantity of sulfates were
present in their leach solutions. Therefore, SOB isolates could be scrutinized on
the basis of sulfate concentration detected from their leach solutions (Lee et al.,
2005 and Yang et al., 2010).
The isolates which have the highest potential to produce sulfuric acid
through bacterial S oxidation solubilized maximum quantity of P from tricalcium
phosphate, while the isolates possessing less efficiency to oxidize S compounds
dissolved minimum amount of P in the leaching media. Thiobacillus isolate IW16
51
Table 4. Phosphorous solubilization by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in tricalcium
phosphate media during incubation period
Treatments 08-day 16-day 24-day 32-day
-------------------------- mg L-1------------------------------------
Control 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k
IW1 472.0 c 630.2 c 702.1 c 807.9 c
SW2 497.2 b 681.8 b 759.2 b 901.7 b
SS1 308.1 g 344.4 g 381.6 g 436.2 g
WR12 257.3 i 288.4 i 314.1 i 371.7 i
SM3 202.3 j 269.7 j 306.1 j 364.7 j
IW13 434.2 e 501.0 e 610.2 e 705.8 e
IW14 458.9 d 581.7 d 687.2 d 751.4 d
IW16 531.1 a 761.2 a 819.9 a 954.2 a
SM1 334.3 f 378.3 f 421.8 f 454.5 f
SW11 275.6 h 303.7 h 342.1 h 396.7 h
LSD 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.6
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
52
released 954.2 mg L-1 of P and remained the highest amongst the ten SOB
isolates, whereas the lowest performance was noted in case of SM3 that
solubilized 364.7 mg L-1 of P (Table 4). Soluble P contents were maximum in first
16 days in all treatments. It indicated that maximum S oxidation occurred during
the first 16 days. Aria et al. (2010) also recorded maximum P solubilization
through S oxidation by Thiobacilli in first 15 days after incubation. Similarly,
Kumar and Nagendran (2008) reported P solubilization by Acidithiobacillus
thiooxidans during a bioleaching experiment.
Data regarding pH change, sulfate contents, and quantity of P solubilized
revealed that the isolates WR12, SM3 and SW11 predicted very ordinary results
and hence, the remaining seven isolates were selected for further analytical phase.
Simple linear correlations among pH, sulfate contents and P solubilization
are presented in Table 5. Negative significant correlation existed between the
SO42- contents and P solubilized (Figure 3). Also negative correlation existed
between pH and P solubilized. It showed that the relationship was linear and
significant. The results conformed with Stamford et al. (2003) and Bhatti and
Yawar (2010) who also reported strong negative significant correlation between
pH and SO42- contents and huge positive significant association between sulfate
contents and the amount of P solubilized through bacterial S oxidation
mechanism.
53
Table 5. Correlation among various variables in tricalcium phosphate media
Correlation parameters pH Sulfates
After 08 days
SO42- -0.77**
P solubilized -0.95** 0.80**
After 16 days
SO42- -0.72*
P solubilized -0.91** 0.89**
After 24 days
SO42- -0.67*
P solubilized -0.89** 0.91**
After 32 days
SO42- -0.65*
P solubilized -0.86** 0.92**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01
54
y = -86.388x + 769.71
R2 = 0.91
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach solution
P s
olub
ilize
d (m
g L-1
)
y = -121.72x + 987.29
R2 = 0.83
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach solution
P s
olub
ilize
d (m
g L-1
)y = -144.31x + 1047.2
R2 = 0.79
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach solution
P s
olub
ilize
d (m
g L-1
)
y = -154.61x + 1118.9
R2 = 0.73
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach solution
P s
olub
ilize
d (m
g L-1
)
Figure 3. Phosphorous solubilization relation with pH in tricalcium phosphate
media changes: a to d represent data from day 08, 16, 24 and 32, respectively
(d)
(a)
(c)
(b)
55
Through rock phosphate bioleaching
The isolates decreased pH significantly as compared with control after 07,
10, 20, 30 and 40 days of leaching period (Table 6). After 07 days the highest
significant decline in pH (1.44 with net decrease of 6.56 points) was recorded with
IW16 and the lowest pH decrease (2.53 with net decrease of 5.47 points) was
noted with SS1. Then rock phosphate was added into the flasks at this stage due to
which pH of the inoculated 07 flasks quickly increased by alkaline minerals
(calcite and lime) present in rock phosphate.
Three days after rock phosphate addition, minimum pH (3.48) was
observed in IW16 medium and maximum pH (7.10) was recorded in SS1 medium.
Then again the pH started decreasing due to sulfuric acid generation by SOB
isolates as a product of biological S oxidation. Continuous decrease in pH was
recorded in 20th to 40th day of incubation. Amongst the seven SOB isolates the
highest significant decrease in pH (2.58) was again noted in IW16 while the lowest
pH reduction (3.92) was recorded in SS1. No change in pH was noted in the
control flasks before / after rock phosphate addition. Results predicted that
treatments containing IW16, SW2, IW1 and IW14 performed efficiently in
reducing pH significantly. Bhatti and Yawar (2010) recorded almost similar
results of pH reduction by two SOB strains Acidithiobacillus ferrooxidans and
Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans in a rock phosphate bioleaching experiment.
Furthermore, Kelly and Wood (2000) and Stamford et al. (2003) reported pH
reduction by Thiobacilli through biological S oxidation.
56
Table 6. The pH reduction by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock phosphate leach
suspension
Treatments 07-day 10-day 20-day 30-day 40-day
Control 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a
IW1 1.50 f 4.02 f 3.85 f 3.35 f 2.77 f
SW2 1.47 fg 3.69 g 3.58 g 3.00 g 2.68 g
SS1 2.53 b 7.10 b 7.00 b 5.36 b 3.92 b
IW13 1.77 d 5.11 d 4.81 d 4.00 d 3.02 d
IW14 1.62 e 4.36 e 4.12 e 3.64 e 2.89 e
IW16 1.44 g 3.48 h 3.33 h 2.88 h 2.58 h
SM1 1.93 c 5.39 c 5.04 c 4.25 c 3.40 c
LSD 0.06 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.08
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
57
Table 7. Sulfates production by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock phosphate leach
suspension
Treatments 07-day 10-day 20-day 30-day 40-day
-------------------------------- mg L-1-------------------------------------
Control 0.0 h 0.0 g 0.0 g 0.0 h 0.0 h
IW1 30155.8 c 90.6 c 135.8 c 427.5 c 1606.5 c
SW2 32541.4 b 194.3 b 251.3 b 965.0 b 2115.5 b
SS1 2825.0 g 0.0 g 0.0 g 4.2 g 115.0 g
IW13 16124.5 e 7.4 e 15.0 e 95.7 e 909.7 e
IW14 22760.3 d 41.8 d 72.2 d 220.0 d 1227.2 d
IW16 34766.9 a 317.8 a 453.3 a 1262.0 a 2333.8 a
SM1 11159.9 f 3.9 f 8.6 f 54.2 f 384.5 f
LSD 47.0 1.3 2.3 3.9 1.5
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
58
Sulfates produced by the isolates during biological S oxidation are
presented in Table 7. Maximum sulfates concentration was recorded after 07 days
of incubation in all the isolates compared to control. Sulfates concentration
decreased with the lowest sulfate was noted after 10 days of incubation. Reason
was the consumption of excess sulfates in reaction with alkaline minerals (calcite
and lime) present in rock phosphate to form precipitation as CaSO4 (Bhatti et al.,
2010). Then again increased quantity of sulfates was observed from 20th to 40th
days of incubation. Maximum significant amount of sulfates (2333.8 mg L-1) was
produced by IW16 and the minimum quantity was recorded (115.0 mg L-1) with
SS1. Control flasks had no SO42- through out the incubation period. Sulfates
production by SOB and especially by the genus Thiobacilli as an end product of
bacterial S oxidation were also reported by Ohba and Owa (2005), Kumar and
Nagendran (2008) and Yang et al. (2008).
Phosphorous solubilization from rock phosphate under the influence of the
isolates is presented in Table 8. Soluble P increased from 10th day to the 40th day
in all treatments except in control where no change in P contents was recorded
during the whole period. The highest soluble P (7987.9 mg L-1) was recorded with
the isolate IW16 and the lowest soluble P (2391.9 mg L-1) was recorded with SS1.
Rock phosphate contained calcite (CaCO3) and lime (CaO) in large
quantities, therefore, these two gangue minerals consumed major portion of
59
Table 8. Phosphorous solubilization by sulfur oxidizing bacteria in rock phosphate
media
Treatments 07-day 10-day 20-day 30-day 40-day
----------------------------------- mg L-1 ----------------------------------
Control - 0.7 h 0.7 h 0.7 h 0.7 h
IW1 - 623.8 c 1753.7 c 2564.1 c 6757.0 c
SW2 - 684.6 b 1985.5 b 3086.3 b 7582.1 b
SS1 - 49.8 g 543.2 g 1282.6 g 2391.9 g
IW13 - 392.0 e 1187.3 e 1977.5 e 4368.2 e
IW14 - 510.6 d 1576.3 d 2187.8 d 5860.0 d
IW16 - 745.9 a 2219.8 a 3278.5 a 7987.9 a
SM1 - 248.0 f 954.7 f 1634.5 f 3602.4 f
LSD 1.7 2.4 35.1 52.0
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
60
sulfuric acid and consequently gypsum (CaSO4∙2H2O) was formed. Bhatti et al.
(2010) also confirmed gypsum formation as a result of chemical reaction between
sulfuric acid and the alkaline minerals. Mechanism of P solubilization and gypsum
formation from rock phosphate was also reported by Bhatti and Yawar (2010).
Sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid (formed during the process) attacked on
fluorapatite and released P in the form of plant available dicalcium P.
With the passage of time pH in the growth media dropped due to sufficient
amount of biologically generated sulfuric acid and high concentration of soluble P
was recorded. Fast release of P from rock phosphate was noted at low pH values.
The extent of P solubilization had positive significant correlation with the amount
of bacterially generated sulfuric acid in bioleaching process. Greater concentration
of sulfuric acid resulted in high P solubilization rate and low quantity of sulfuric
acid caused low P solubilization in the leach solutions. Therefore, the importance
of sulfuric acid in P dissolution from rock phosphate was well established.
High sulfuric acid producing SOB isolates were more efficient in P
solubilization than low sulfuric acid producing SOB isolates. The Isolates W16,
SW2, IW1 and IW14 were more efficient SOB isolates than IW13, SM1 and SS1
in P solubilization from rock phosphate. Maochun et al. (2002) reported P
dissolution by SOB from 24 to 100 % in an earlier study. Similarly, Bhatti and
Yawar (2010) recorded P solubilization from rock phosphate by Thiobacilli in the
range of 41.8 to 70.2 %.
61
Table 9. Correlation among various variables in rock phosphate media
Correlation parameters pH Sulfates
After 10 days
SO42- -0.71*
P solubilized -0.98** 0.80*
After 20 days
SO42- -0.68
P solubilized -0.97** 0.80*
After 30 days
SO42- -0.64
P solubilized -0.96** 0.82**
After 40 days
SO42- -0.67
P solubilized -0.85** 0.96**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01
62
y = -0.1696x + 1.2795
R2 = 0.95
0
2
4
6
8
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach suspension
P so
lubi
lize
d (g
L-1)
y = -0.4357x + 3.4415
R2 = 0.95
0
2
4
6
8
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach suspension
P so
lubi
lize
d (g
L-1)
y = -0.6025x + 4.5984
R2 = 0.93
0
2
4
6
8
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach suspension
P so
lubi
lize
d (m
g L-1
)
y = -1.2928x + 9.5475
R2 = 0.72
0
2
4
6
8
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
pH of leach suspension
P so
lubi
lize
d (g
L-1)
Figure 4. Relation of P solubilization with pH in tricalcium phosphate leach
suspension changes: a to d represent data from day 10, 20, 30 and 40, respectively
(d)
(a)
(c)
(b)
63
The pH had negative significant correlation with SO42- contents and
quantity of P solubilized. While SO42- contents were positively and significantly
correlated with the concentration of P dissolved (Table 9). The pH and the
concentration of P solubilized had a linear relationship (Figure 4). Besharati et al.
(2007) and Miransari et al. (2007) also reported similar conclusions and found a
negative extensive association between pH and amount of P solubilized as a
consequent of bacterially produced sulfates and sulfuric acid by Thiobacilli.
4.1.3 Characterization and Identification of Sulfur Oxidizing Bacteria
Morphological, physiological and biochemical characteristics of the
selected 07 isolates are given in Table 10. All the isolates were found gram
negative and short rods but they showed difference in the utilization of S sources.
The isolates IW1, SW2, IW14 and IW16 utilized both elemental S and
thiosulphate and the isolates SS1, IW13 and SM1 utilized Thiosulphate only.
Three isolates IW1, SW2 and IW16 had smooth round and yellow coloured
colonies, isolates SS1 and IW13 had smooth round and pink coloured colonies,
while the isolates IW14 and SM1 had smooth, round and white coloured colonies.
The isolates IW16, SW2 and IW1 were high sulfate producing, acidophilic and pH
reducing isolates, the isolates IW14 and IW13 were high sulfate producing and pH
reducing, isolates, the isolates SM1 and SS1 were found moderate sulfate
producing and pH reducing. The isolates IW1, SW2, IW14 and IW16 were
autotrophic and as they did not utilize glucose whereas SS1, IW13 and SM1
utilized glucose and were declared as heterotrophic. Biotin effect was observed
64
Table 10. Biochemical characterization of the isolates
Characteristics IW1 SW2 SS1 IW13 IW14 IW16 SM1
Morphology SR SR SR SR SR SR SR
Gram reaction - - - - - - -
Elemental S° utilization + + - - + + -
Thiosulphate utilization + + + + + + +
Colony character SRY SRY SRP SRP SRW SRY SRW
pH reduction +++ +++ + ++ ++ +++ +
Sulfates production +++ +++ + ++ ++ +++ +
Nutritional type AT AT HT HT AT AT HT
Boitin Effect + + + + + + +
Motility M M NM M M M NM
Catalase - + - + - - -
Oxidase + + + + + + +
Nitrate reduction + + - + + + +
Glucose - - + + - - -
Sucrose - - - - - - -
Methyl red - - - - - - -
Citrate - + - - + - -
Carbohydrate hydrolysis
- - - - - - -
Indole Acetic acid (mg L-1)
15.25 32.65 - - 14.34 39.50 -
SR: short rod, SRY: smooth, round, yellow: SRP: smooth, round, pink: SRW: smooth, round, white, AT: Autotrophic, HT: Heterotrophic, M: motile, NM: non motile
65
positive for all the seven isolates. In motility agar medium, the isolates IW1, SW2,
IW13, IW14 and IW16 were observed motile, while SS1 and SM1 were found
nonmotile. Catalase test was positive for SW2 and IW13 isolates and it was
negative for IW1, SS1, IW14, IW16 and SM1 isolates. Oxidase test for all the
seven isolates was positive. Nitrate reduction test was found positive for IW1,
SW2, IW13, IW14 and IW16 and negative for SS1 and SM1 SOB. All the isolates
had no H2S production tested for H2S production. Similarly, sucrose and MR tests
were negative for all the isolates. Two isolates SW2 and IW14 had citrate test
positive, and the isolates IW1, SS1, IW13, IW16 and SM1 were negative.
Carbohydrate test was also negative for all the seven isolates. The SOB isolates
IW16, SW2 and IW1 and IW14 were indole acetic acid producers and they
generated 39.50, 32.65, 15.25 and 14.34 mg L-1 of indole acetic acid, respectively.
According to Bergey's Manual of Systematic Bacteriology (Brenner et al.,
2005), all the seven selected SOB isolates were gram negative and short rods. The
selected SOB isolates were recognized as Thiobacillus spp. because of their ability
to utilize S or thiosulphate as the only source of energy and carbon dioxide as a
sole source of carbon. Furthermore, they predicted high efficiency to produce
sulfates and reduced pH of the growth media. Therefore, these seven SOB isolates
belonged to the genus Thiobacillus. Several scientists adopted similar procedure
for the identification of Thiobacillus spp. (Kelly and Harrison, 1989; Kelly and
Wood, 2000; Kantachote and Innuwat, 2004; Lee et al., 2005; Vidyalakshmi and
Sridar, 2006-2007; Yang et al., 2008; Babana et al., 2011).
66
4.2 COMPARATIVE EFFICIENCY OF THE ISOLATES FOR SOIL
PHOSPHOROUS SOLUBILIZATION
4.2.1 Basic Soil Analyses before Incubation
The soil used in the incubation study was nonsaline, alkaline and
calcareous (Table 11). Total and plant available P in the soil was 664.7 mg kg-1
and 4.5 mg kg-1, respectively. Plant available P was low and came under deficient
category. Ahmad et al. (2006) reported total soil P in the range 652 to 1245 mg kg-
1. Pakistani soils were mostly P deficient as reported by Rehman et al. (2000) and
Solangi et al. (2006). The experimental soil contained total S 214.5 mg kg-1 and
water soluble sulfate was 9.6 mg kg-1 soil close to deficient limit < 10 mg kg-1 for
plant growth (Ahmed et al., 1994). Extractable Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B were
0.36, 3.53, 0.74, 0.19 and 0.33 mg kg-1, respectively. Zinc, Mn and B were
deficient, while Cu and Fe were adequate as reported by Zia et al. (2006).
4.2.2 Changes in Basic Soil Analyses during Incubation
Soil pH significantly decreased as recorded on 30, 60 and 90 days after
incubation (Table 12). No change was recorded with the isolates IW1 and IW14
and control. Maximum decrease in soil pH (net decrease of 0.78 points) was
recorded in case of inoculation IW16 with 50 mg kg-1 elemental S. Minimum
decrease in soil pH (net decrease of 0.03 points) was noted for the isolate SW2. It
was noted that Thiobacillus strains and S application alone could not reduce soil
pH remarkably but when they were used collectively a clear significant decrease
67
Table 11. Basic soil analyses before incubation
Soil property Unit Quantity
ECe dS m-1 1.02
pH - 7.90
O.M % 0.42
CaCO3 % 7.14
Total phosphorous mg kg-1 664.7
Available phosphorous mg kg-1 4.5
Total sulfur mg kg-1 214.5
Water soluble sulfur mg kg-1 9.6
Zinc mg kg-1 0.36
Iron mg kg-1 3.53
Manganese mg kg-1 0.74
Copper mg kg-1 0.19
Boron mg kg-1 0.33
Clay % 19.2
Sand % 71.4
Silt % 9.4
Textural class Sandy clay loam
68
Table 12. Changes in soil pH during incubation
Treatments
Soil pH Net Decrease in Soil pH
30-day 60-day 90-day 30-day 60-day 90-day
Control 7.90 a 7.90 a 7.90 a 0.00 0.00 0.00
IW16 7.86 ab 7.85 a-d 7.84 a-d 0.04 0.05 0.06
SW2 7.88 a 7.88 a-c 7.87 ab 0.02 0.02 0.03
IW1 7.90 a 7.90 ab 7.90 a 0.00 0.00 0.00
IW14 7.90 a 7.90 a 7.90 a 0.00 0.00 0.00
S1 7.88 a 7.87 a-d 7.85 a-c 0.02 0.03 0.05
S1 IW16 7.74 c-e 7.63 i 7.58 i 0.16 0.27 0.32
S1 SW2 7.80 a-c 7.70 gh 7.71fg 0.10 0.20 0.19
S1 IW1 7.83 a-c 7.78 ef 7.77 d-f 0.07 0.12 0.13
S1 IW14 7.85 ab 7.81 de 7.79 b-e 0.05 0.09 0.11
S2 7.86 ab 7.84 b-d 7.82 a-d 0.04 0.06 0.08
S2 IW16 7.66 e 7.51 j 7.49 j 0.24 0.39 0.41
S2 SW2 7.76 b-d 7.65 hi 7.60 hi 0.14 0.25 0.30
S2 IW1 7.80 a-c 7.74 fg 7.67 gh 0.10 0.16 0.23
S2 IW14 7.82 a-c 7.77 ef 7.74 e-g 0.08 0.13 0.16
S3 7.84 a-c 7.82 c-e 7.78 c-f 0.06 0.08 0.12
S3 IW16 7.52 e 7.35 k 7.12 l 0.38 0.55 0.78
S3 SW2 7.68 de 7.54 j 7.28 k 0.22 0.36 0.62
S3 IW1 7.74 c-e 7.67 hi 7.56 ij 0.16 0.23 0.34
S3 IW14 7.77 b-d 7.73 fg 7.67 gh 0.13 0.17 0.23
LSD 0.09 0.05 0.07
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different: S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
69
in pH was recorded. It was clear that S oxidation depended on both quantity of S
and efficient Thiobacillus strains. Combination of these two factors resulted in
maximum biological S oxidation which generated quantity of sulfuric acid and
reduce pH of the incubated soil. Stamford et al. (2003) and Stamford et al. (2007)
reported identical results and concluded that application of sulfur and
Acidithiobacilli in the soil significantly dropped soil pH as a consequent of H2SO4
production by biological S oxidation. Yang et al. (2010) also reported that S
application along with Thiobacillus spp decreased soil pH from 6.98 to 2.93 in 84
days due to biological S oxidation.
The highest increase in soil ECe (net increase of 1.35 dS m-1) was recorded
in treatment S3 IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 50 mg S kg-1) and the lowest
increase (net increase of 0.08 dS m-1) was found in treatment IW14 (Table 13).
The ECe of the incubated soil had a positive significant relationship with S
oxidation rate and huge negative significant association with soil pH. Treatments
wherein high sulfate contents were produced lowered the soil pH and ultimately
the concentration of plant available nutrients P, S and micronutrients increased
in the soil solution and hence the ECe of the incubated soil increased. These
findings were very much similar to the results reported by Garcia et al. (2007)
who concluded that biological S oxidation decreased soil pH and increased soil
EC during an incubation study of 100 days. Similar results were recorded by Oh et
al. (2010) during 84 days of incubation. They also reported a significant
relationship between the incubated soil EC and bacterial S oxidation rate.
70
Table 13. Soil electrical conductivity during the incubation
Treatments
Actual ECe Net increase in ECe
30-day 60-day 90-day 30-day 60-day 90-day
---------------------------------- dS m-1 ------------------------------------
Control 1.03 k 1.03 n 1.03 l 0.01 0.01 0.01
IW16 1.10 j 1.16 kl 1.18 jk 0.08 0.14 0.16
SW2 1.08 jk 1.14 klm 1.16 jk 0.06 0.12 0.14
IW1 1.07 jk 1.12 lm 1.13 k 0.05 0.10 0.11
IW14 1.06 jk 1.09 m 1.10 kl 0.04 0.07 0.08
S1 1.11 j 1.19 k 1.23 ij 0.09 0.17 0.21
S1 IW16 1.43 f 1.59 e 1.72 e 0.41 0.57 0.70
S1 SW2 1.32 g 1.46 g 1.61 f 0.30 0.44 0.59
S1 IW1 1.25 h 1.37 h 1.50 g 0.23 0.35 0.48
S1 IW14 1.19 i 1.28 ij 1.41 h 0.17 0.26 0.39
S2 1.17 i 1.24 j 1.28 i 0.15 0.22 0.26
S2 IW16 1.67 c 1.84 c 1.98 c 0.65 0.82 0.96
S2 SW2 1.59 d 1.68 d 1.81 d 0.57 0.66 0.79
S2 IW1 1.48 e 1.54 f 1.73 e 0.46 0.52 0.71
S2 IW14 1.36 g 1.45 g 1.61 f 0.34 0.43 0.59
S3 1.25 h 1.31 i 1.38 h 0.23 0.29 0.36
S3 IW16 1.91 a 2.18 a 2.37 a 0.89 1.16 1.35
S3 SW2 1.79 b 1.97 b 2.16 b 0.77 0.95 1.14
S3 IW1 1.65 c 1.80 c 1.94 c 0.63 0.78 0.92
S3 IW14 1.57 d 1.68 d 1.81 d 0.55 0.66 0.79
LSD 0.05 0.05 0.07
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
71
Table 14. Changes in soil CaCO3 contents during incubation
Treatments CaCO3 contents Net decrease in CaCO3
30-day 60-day 90-day 30-day 60-day 90-day
----------------------------------- % -------------------------------------------
Control 7.14 ab 7.14 ab 7.14 a 0.00 0.00 0.00
IW16 7.13 a-c 7.10 a-e 7.09 a-c 0.01 0.04 0.05
SW2 7.14 ab 7.12 a-d 7.11 ab 0.00 0.02 0.03
IW1 7.14 ab 7.13 a-c 7.13 a 0.00 0.01 0.01
IW14 7.14 a 7.14 a 7.14 a 0.00 0.00 0.00
S1 7.12 a-c 7.10 a-e 7.08 a-d 0.02 0.04 0.06
S1 IW16 7.06 a-e 7.03 d-g 7.01 e-g 0.08 0.11 0.13
S1 SW2 7.08 a-e 7.07 a-f 7.04 c-f 0.06 0.07 0.10
S1 IW1 7.10 a-d 7.08 a-f 7.06 b-e 0.04 0.06 0.08
S1 IW14 7.10 a-d 7.09 a-f 7.07 b-e 0.04 0.05 0.07
S2 7.10 a-d 7.09 a-f 7.07 b-e 0.04 0.05 0.07
S2 IW16 7.03 de 7.01 fg 6.98 gh 0.11 0.13 0.16
S2 SW2 7.05 b-e 7.04 d-g 7.02 e-g 0.09 0.10 0.12
S2 IW1 7.08 a-e 7.05 b-g 7.03 c-g 0.06 0.09 0.11
S2 IW14 7.08 a-e 7.07 a-f 7.05 c-e 0.06 0.07 0.09
S3 7.09 a-e 7.06 a-f 7.04 c-f 0.05 0.08 0.10
S3 IW16 7.00 e 6.97 g 6.93 h 0.14 0.17 0.21
S3 SW2 7.04 c-e 7.01 e-g 6.98 f-h 0.10 0.13 0.16
S3 IW1 7.06 a-e 7.04 c-g 7.01 e-g 0.08 0.10 0.13
S3 IW14 7.07 a-e 7.05 c-g 7.02 d-g 0.07 0.09 0.12
LSD 0.07 0.07 0.05
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
72
Maximum net decrease in CaCO3 contents was recorded as 0.21 % in
treatment where 50 mg S kg-1 soil was used along with Thiobacillus strain
IW16 (S3 IW16). Minimum decrease in CaCO3 contents was noted as 0.01 % in
treatment which contained Thiobacillus strain IW1 (Table 14). No decrease in
CaCO3 concentration was noted in control and in IW14. Amount of sulfuric acid
produced during biological S oxidation mechanism utilized in reaction with soil
calcite (CaCO3) and consequently gypsum was formed (Wandruszka, 2006).
Resultantly CaCO3 concentration decreased in the incubated soil during 0 to 30, 0
to 60 and 0 to 90 days of incubation period. However, the extent of decrease in
CaCO3 concentration depended on the nature of treatments. Results regarding
reduction in CaCO3 concentration in the incubated soil by S oxidation
corresponded with the results recorded by Garcia et al. (2007) during 100 days of
incubation study. They reported positive significant correlation between decrease
in soil pH and decrease in CaCO3 contents and recorded 10 to 20 % decrease in
CaCO3 contents in the soil with 1 to 2 points decrease in soil pH.
4.2.3 Soil Phosphorous Fractionation before Incubation
Data in Table 15 represent the quantities of different P fractions in soil
before incubation. Amongst the six P fractions determined in the fractionation
process, Ca2-P was the smallest fraction amounting 3.5 mg kg-1 (0.5 % of the total
soil P), while Ca10-P fraction was the biggest fraction with values of 307.3 mg kg-1
constituting 40.2 % of the total P and 65.0 % of the total inorganic P in the soil.
Total inorganic P (sum of all six fractions) was 472.6 mg kg-1 which constituted
73
Table 15. Soil phosphorous fractionation before incubation
Different Soil P fractions Quantity Percentage over
total soil P
(mg kg-1)
Ca2-P 3.5 0.5
Ca8-P 90.5 13.6
Al-P 28.5 4.3
Fe-P 24.3 3.7
O-P 18.5 2.8
Ca10-P 307.3 46.2
Total inorganic P (Sum of all six fractions)
472.6 71.1
Total calcium bounded P (sum of first, second and sixth fraction)
401.3 (84.9 % of the total
inorganic P) 60.4
Organic P (Total P minus total inorganic fractions)
192.3 28.9
Available P 4.5 0.7
Total P 664.7 -
74
71.0 % of the total P, out of which 401.3 mg kg-1 (84.9 % of the total inorganic P
and 60.4 % of the total soil P) was calcium bounded P. Total soil organic P was
calculated as 192.3 mg kg-1 (28.9 % of the total soil P). These results conform to
the findings by Memon et al. (2011).
Moreover, plant available P was determined separately and its
concentration in the soil was 4.5 mg kg-1 (0.7 % of the total soil P). Results
regarding P fractionation in calcareous soils reported by Mostashari et al. (2008)
were quite compatible with these results. They observed the amount of Ca2-P, Ca8-
P, Al-P, Fe-P, O-P and Ca10-P between 1.6 to 42.3 mg kg-1, 72 to 314 mg kg-1, 14.5
to 54.8 mg kg-1, 8.4 to 34.8 mg kg-1, 5.9 to 33.4 mg kg-1 and 262 to 697 mg kg-1 of
soil, respectively.
4.2.4 Changes in Soil Phosphorous Fractionation during Incubation
Data regarding different P fractions in soil after 30 days of incubation are
given in Table 16. Amongst the six P fractions in the incubated soil a considerable
increase in the amount of Ca2-P was recorded, while Ca8-P and Ca10-P fractions
decreased in all treatments except in control. However, no significant change was
noted in case of Al-P, Fe-P and O-P fractions. Maximum significant increase in
the quantity of Ca2-P (net increase of 9.1 mg kg-1) and maximum decrease in the
concentration of two P fractions Ca8-P and Ca10-P (net decrease of 6.0 and 1.9 mg
kg-1, respectively) was recorded in case of treatment S3 IW16 where maximum
dose of S 50 mg kg-1 soil was applied with strain IW16. Minimum increase in
75
Table 16. Soil phosphorous fractions after 30 days of incubation
Treatments Ca2-P Ca8-P Al-P Fe-P O-P Ca10-P
----------------------------------- mg kg-1-----------------------------------
Control 3.5 l 90.4 a 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
IW16 4.6 j 89.4 b 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.2 a
SW2 4.1 k 90.2 a 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.2 a
IW1 3.9 kl 90.3 a 28.5 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
IW14 3.8 kl 90.4 a 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
S1 3.9 kl 90.3 a 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
S1 IW16 7.3 e 87.6 ef 28.2 a 24.2 a 18.6 a 306.8 ab
S1 SW2 6.1 gh 88.5 cd 28.3 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 307.0 ab
S1 IW1 5.3 i 88.9 bc 28.3 a 24.3 a 18.3 a 307.3 a
S1 IW14 5.3 i 89.1 bc 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
S2 5.2 i 89.1 bc 28.5 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 307.3 a
S2 IW16 9.6 c 86.7 g 28.1 a 24.1 a 18.1 a 305.8 c
S2 SW2 7.8 d 87.2 fg 28.1 a 24.1 a 18.5 a 306.8 ab
S2 IW1 6.8 f 87.4 e-g 28.3 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.2 a
S2 IW14 5.9 h 88.5 cd 28.5 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 307.2 a
S3 6.2 g 88.1 de 28.3 a 24.2 a 18.3 a 307.1 a
S3 IW16 12.6 a 84.5 i 28.1 a 23.9 a 17.9 a 305.4 c
S3 SW2 10.2 b 85.7 h 28.2 a 24.0 a 18.1 a 306.1 bc
S3 IW1 7.7 d 87.2 fg 28.2 a 24.10 a 18.2 a 306.9 ab
S3 IW14 6.7 f 87.8 d-f 28.4 a 24.16 a 18.3 a 307.1 ab
LSD 0.3 0.7 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.8
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
76
Table 17. Soil phosphorous fractions after 60 days of incubation
Treatments Ca2-P Ca8-P Al-P Fe-P O-P Ca10-P
----------------------------------- mg kg-1----------------------------------
Control 3.5 o 90.4 a 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.4 a
IW16 7.1 i 87.7 c 28.3 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 306.7 a-e
SW2 5.9 k 88.7 b 28.3 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.0 a-d
IW1 5.2 m 89.1 b 28.5 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.1 a-c
IW14 4.7 n 89.5 b 28.5 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.2 ab
S1 4.8 n 89.3 b 28.5 a 24.3 a 18.6 a 307.2 ab
S1 IW16 9.8 d 86.5 de 28.1 a 24.1 a 18.5 a 305.7 f-h
S1 SW2 7.0 i 87.6 c 28.2 a 24.1 a 18.5 a 306.2 c-g
S1 IW1 6.1 j 88.7 b 28.3 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 306.9 a-e
S1 IW14 5.8 k 88.7 b 28.4 a 24.3 a 18.5 a 307.0 a-d
S2 5.7 l 88.9 b 28.4 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 307.2 a-c
S2 IW16 11.9 c 85.2 fg 27.9 a 24.0 a 18.4 a 305.4 gh
S2 SW2 9.8 d 86.4 de 27.9 a 24.1 a 18.5 a 305.9 e-h
S2 IW1 8.3 f 86.9 cd 28.1 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 306.6 a-f
S2 IW14 8.1 g 87.0 cd 28.2 a 24.2 a 18.5 a 306.7 a-e
S3 7.8 h 87.7 c 28.2 a 24.1 a 18.4 a 306.4 b-f
S3 IW16 16.6 a 82.3 h 26.7 a 23.7 a 18.2 a 304.1 i
S3 SW2 12.8 b 84.7 g 27.9 a 23.9 a 18.2 a 305.1 h
S3 IW1 9.8 d 85.9 ef 28.0 a 24.0 a 18.4 a 306.1 e-g
S3 IW14 8.7 e 86.9 cd 28.1 a 24.1 a 18.4 a 306.1 d-g
LSD 0.1 0.8 1.6 1.1 0.7 0.8
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
77
Table 18. Soil phosphorous fractions after 90 days of incubation
Treatments Ca2-P Ca8-P Al-P Fe-P O-P Ca10-P
------------------------------------- mg kg-1------------------------------------
Control 3.5 n 90.5 a 28.5 a 24.3 a 18.6 a 307.4 a
IW16 7.8 i 87.2 de 28.1 ab 24.1 a-c 18. ab 306.7 a-c
SW2 6.2 k 88.4 c 28.3 ab 24.3 ab 18.2 ab 307.0 ab
IW1 5.3 l 89.0 bc 28.4 ab 24.1 a-c 18.5 ab 307.0 ab
IW14 4.9 m 89.1 bc 28.2 ab 24.2 a-c 18.2 ab 307.2 ab
S1 5.3 l 89.2 b 28.5 ab 24.3 ab 18.5 ab 307.1 ab
S1 IW16 12.6 d 86.0 fg 27.6 a-c 23.2 b-e 18.2 ab 304.8 fg
S1 SW2 8.6 g 87.4 d 28.1 ab 23.7 a-e 18.4 ab 306.1 c-e
S1 IW1 6.8 j 88.4 bc 28.1 ab 23.8 a-d 18.5 ab 306.7 a-c
S1 IW14 6.2 k 88.5 bc 28.2 ab 23.9 a-d 18.5 ab 306.9 a-c
S2 6.2 k 88.6 bc 28.3 ab 24.1 a-c 18.5 ab 307.0 ab
S2 IW16 15.8c 84.8 h 26.8 bc 22.6 ef 17.7 bc 304.4 g
S2 SW2 12.5 d 85.6 gh 27.5 a-c 23.1 a-c 18.2 ab 304.8 fg
S2 IW1 10.8 e 86.5 ef 27.9 ab 23.4 a-e 18.5 ab 305.4 ef
S2 IW14 8.5 g 86.7 d-f 28.1 ab 23.6 a-e 18.5 ab 306.6 a-c
S3 8.3 h 87.2 de 28.1 ab 23.6 a-e 18.3 ab 306.3 b-d
S3 IW16 23.9 a 80.3 j 26.1 c 22.1 f 17.1 c 302.6 h
S3 SW2 17.0 b 82.5 i 27.2 a-c 22.7 ef 17.8 a-c 304.4 g
S3 IW1 12.6 d 85.5 gh 27.7 ab 22.9 d-f 18.1 ab 305.1 fg
S3 IW14 10.2 f 86.3 fg 27.9 ab 23.1 c-e 18.2 ab 305.5 d-f
LSD 0.1 0.7 1.4 0.9 0.7 0.8
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
78
Ca2-P fraction (net increase of 0.3 mg kg-1) was recorded in treatment where
Thiobacilli strain IW14 was inoculated without S. No change in any P fraction
was observed in control.
Dissolution trend of insoluble calcium bounded P compounds continued
upto 60 days of incubation and the data are presented in Table 17 which predicted
that S oxidation process was going on. Significant increase in Ca2-P concentration
(net increase of 13.1 mg kg-1) and decrease (dissolution) in the amount of
insoluble P fractions Ca8-P and Ca10-P (net decrease of 8.2 and 3.2 mg kg-1,
respectively) was noted with S3 IW16 (50 mg S kg-1 soil with strain IW16). No
significant change was found in the quantity of Al-P, Fe-P and O-P fractions in all
the treatments. Similarly, no change was noted in the concentration of all the six
soil P fractions in control treatment. The treatment having strain IW14 alone
predicted the lowest increase in Ca2-P quantity (net increase of 1.2 mg kg-1) and
the lowest decrease in Ca8-P and Ca10-P contents (net decrease of 1.0 and 0.1 mg
kg-1, respectively). The highly insoluble P compounds in soil (Ca8-P and Ca10-P)
were effectively solubilizing into soluble and plant available P compound (Ca2-P)
under the effect of Thiobacilli spp. (IW16 and SW2) in the presence of maximum
dose of 50 mg S kg-1 soil.
Increased concentration of bacterially produced sulfuric acid in the
incubated soil carried on the mechanism of P dissolution upto the 90th day of
incubation (Table 18). Concentration of three P fractions Fe-P, Al-P and O-P
79
showed non significant change in all the treatments except with S3 IW16 where
small decrease in these fractions was observed. Treatment S3 IW16 (50 mg S kg-1
soil with IW16 strain) contained the highest net increased amount of Ca2-P (20.4
mg kg-1) and the highest net reduced values of Ca8-P and Ca10-P fractions (10.2
and 4.7 mg kg-1, respectively). The smallest net increase in Ca2-P and smallest net
decrease in Ca8-P and Ca10-P was observed in IW14. No significant change in
different soil P fractions was noted in control.
The efficient sulfuric acid producers (IW16 and SW2) in combination with
50 mg S kg-1 dissolved insoluble calcium bounded P fractions Ca8-P and Ca10-P
into sparingly soluble plant available Ca2-P fraction. Phosphorous solubilization
and enhancement in soil was highly linked with the combination of both
Thiobacillus strains and S application as reported by Bhatti and Yawar (2010).
Results described by Lee et al. (2004) were similar with these results who
concluded that microbial activities in the soil converted insoluble P fractions into
bio-available P fractions in soil. Stamford et al. (2003) and Stamford et al. (2007)
reported that Acidithiobacillus species produced sulfuric acid by S application in
soil, which enhanced bioavailability of P in soil.
80
y = -2.6241x + 21.821
R2 = 0.89
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
EC
e (d
S m
-1) y = 0.3886x + 4.0564
R2 = 0.89
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Soi
l CaC
O3
cont
ents
(%
)
y = -2.0879x + 17.621
R2 = 0.92
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
EC
e (d
S m
-1) y = 0.2884x + 4.838
R2 = 0.90
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Soi
l CaC
O3
cont
ents
(%
)
y = -1.7387x + 14.931
R2 = 0.91
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
EC
e (d
S m
-1) y = 0.2452x + 5.1642
R2 = 0.85
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Soi
l CaC
O3
cont
ents
(%
)
Figure 5. Soil pH relation with (a) ECe and (b) CaCO3 contents changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
81
y = -24.185x + 194.94
R2 = 0.97
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
) y = -57.325x + 412.59
R2 = 0.92
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -20.543x + 167.01
R2 = 0.93
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -66.4x + 477.45
R2 = 0.90
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -23.364x + 189.37
R2 = 0.96
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
) y = -82.67x + 592.51
R2 = 0.85
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca2
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
Figure 6. Relation of Ca2-P with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90, respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
82
y = -23.944x + 194.22
R2 = 0.92
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)y = -56.31x + 406.54
R2 = 0.86
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)
y = -23.348x + 189.82
R2 = 0.94
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)
y = -75.275x + 541.29
R2 = 0.91
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)
y = -27.045x + 218.82
R2 = 0.98
0
6
12
18
24
30
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)
y = -93.559x + 670.42
R2 = 0.83
0
6
12
18
24
30
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Bio
avai
labl
e P
(m
g kg-1
)
Figure 7. Bio-available P relation with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
83
y = 16.085x - 37.1
R2 = 0.91
75
79
83
87
91
95
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = 39.523x - 191.75
R2 = 0.93
7579
8387
9195
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = 12.331x - 8.0669
R2 = 0.91
75
79
83
87
91
95
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = 40.187x - 196.74
R2 = 0.90
757983879195
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = 11.192x + 0.7887
R2 = 0.94
75
79
83
87
91
95
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
y = 39.474x - 191.43
R2 = 0.83
757983879195
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca8
-P (
mg
kg-1
)
Figure 8. Relation of Ca8-P with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
84
y = 5.2867x + 265.71
R2 = 0.88
300
302
304
306
308
310
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca1
0 -P
(mg
kg-1
)
y = 11.368x + 226.38
R2 = 0.69
300302304306308310
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca1
0 -P
(m
g kg
-1)
y = 5.518x + 263.69
R2 = 0.95
300
302
304
306
308
310
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca1
0 -P
(mg
kg-1
)
y = 17.368x + 183.62
R2 = 0.87
300302304306308310
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca1
0 -P
(m
g kg
-1)
y = 5.8288x + 261.11
R2 = 0.92
300
302
304
306
308
310
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Ca1
0 -P
(mg
kg-1
)
y = 21.099x + 157.19
R2 = 0.86
300302304306308310
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Ca1
0 -P
(m
g kg
-1)
Figure 9. Ca10-P relation with (a) soil pH and (b) CaCO3 contents changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
85
Table 19. Enhancement in soil phosphorous bioavailability during incubation
Treatments Bio-available P
Net increase in bio-available P
30-day 60-day 90-day 30- day
60- day
90-day
----------------------------------mg kg-1-------------------------------
Control 4.5 j 4.5 m 4.5 p 0.0 0.0 0.0
IW16 6.6 g 7.9 h 8.3 j 2.1 3.4 3.8
SW2 5.7 hi 6.5 ij 6.9 m 1.2 2.0 2.4
IW1 5.1 ij 5.8 k 5.9 n 0.6 1.3 1.4
IW14 4.9 j 5.1 l 5.3 o 0.4 0.6 0.8
S1 5.2 ij 5.6 k 6.0 n 0.7 1.1 1.5
S1 IW16 9.5 c 11.2 e 13.8 e 5.0 6.7 9.3
S1 SW2 7.2 f 8.4 g 9.3 h 2.7 3.9 4.8
S1 IW1 6.1 gh 6.8 i 7.7 k 1.6 2.3 3.2
S1 IW14 5.7 hi 6.3 j 6.9 lm 1.2 1.8 2.4
S2 6.1 gh 6.7 i 7.l 1.6 2.2 2.5
S2 IW16 11.0 b 13.9 c 16.7 c 6.5 9.4 12.2
S2 SW2 9.5 c 11.1 e 13.8 e 5.0 6.6 9.3
S2 IW1 7.3 f 9.4 f 11.1 g 2.8 4.9 6.6
S2 IW14 6.3 gh 8.8 g 9.1 i 1.8 4.3 4.6
S3 8.1 e 8.8 g 9.1 i 3.6 4.3 4.6
S3 IW16 14.3 a 21.4a 26.8 a 9.8 16.9 22.3
S3 SW2 11.2 b 14.6 b 21.3 b 6.7 10.1 16.8
S3 IW1 8.8 d 11.7 d 14.0 d 4.3 7.2 9.5
S3 IW14 7.2 f 9.7 f 12.1 f 2.7 5.2 7.6
LSD 0.6 0.4 0.2
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
86
4.2.5 Phosphorous Bioavailability Enhancement during Incubation
The amount of bio-available P in soil increased in different treatments
during incubation period but the highest and the most significant increase was
recorded in treatment S3 IW16 with net increased value of 22.3 mg kg-1 (Table 19).
The lowest net increase in the quantity of soil available P was recorded as 0.8 mg
kg-1 with IW14 strain without S application. No significant change in the amount
of soil available P was noted in control during the whole period of incubation.
Enhancement of soil bio-available P contents was associated with the
quantity of S and the efficiency of Thiobacillus strains inoculated. Best
combination of these two factors helped in generating sulfuric acid as a result of
bacterial S oxidation which solubilized complex insoluble calcium bounded P
compounds into simple soluble plant available P forms. Similarly, Besharati et al.
(2007) also reported a significant increase in plant available P in soil through
combined application of S and Thiobacillus. Stamford et al. (2003) reported that
the application of elemental S with Thiobacillus was highly significant in P
solubilization from apatite. Kumar and Nagendran (2008) also reported P
solubilization by the combined effect of S and Thiobacillus strain
Acidithiobacillus Thiooxidans.
87
Table 20. Soil sulfur fractionation before incubation
Different Soil S fractions Quantity Percentage
over total S mg kg-1
S-H2O 9.6 4.5
S-NaH2PO4 4.4 2.0
S-HCL 7.6 3.5
Mineral S (sum of first three fractions)
21.6 10.1
Organic S (Total S minus Total inorganic S)
192.9 90.0
Total S 214.5
88
4.2.6 Soil Sulfur Fractionation before Incubation
The concentration of water soluble S, sorbed S, occluded S, mineral S,
organic S and total S in the soil was 9.6 (4.5 % of the total S), 4.4 (2.1 % of the
total S), 7.6 (3.5 % of the total S), 21.6 (10.1 % of the total S), 192.9 (90.0 % of
the total S) and 214.5 mg kg-1, respectively (Table 20). Balik et al. (2007) and
Morche (2008) determined total soil S between 0.01 to 0.1 % and the
concentration of total S (0.02 %) determined in the present study was recorded in
the similar range. The results regarding organic S were confirmed by Hu et al.
(2005) who estimated organic S as a dominant and major fraction in calcareous
soils. These results were further verified by various scientists (Chapmann, 2001;
Solomon et al., 2001; Yang et al., 2007b) who reported soil organic S upto 95 %
of the total S in soil. Balik et al. (2009) studied quantities of different S fractions
in soil and their results regarding water soluble, sorbed and occluded S were
agreed with these results.
4.2.7 Changes in Soil Sulfur Fractionation during Incubation
Treatment S3 IW16 enclosed the highest significant net increase in the
quantities of water soluble S (S-H2O) and sorbed S (S-NaH2PO4) as 16.6 and 0.8
mg kg-1, respectively and the highest net decreased value of occluded S (S-HCl) as
0.8 mg kg-1 after 30 days of incubation (Table 21). The lowest change in the
quantities of S fractions was noted with IW14 where net increase in the quantity of
water soluble S was recorded as 0.1 mg kg-1 soil. The incubated soil in control
treatment predicted no significant change in all fractions of S in the soil.
89
Table 21. Changes in sulfur fractions 30 days after incubation
Treatments S-H2O S-NaH2PO4 S-HCl
--------------------------- mg kg-1-------------------------
Control 9.6 m 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW16 11.3 j 4.4 ij 7.6 a
SW2 10.1 l 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW1 9.8 lm 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW14 9.7 lm 4.4 ij 7.6 a
S1 10.0 lm 4.4 ij 7.6 a
S1 IW16 15.6 fg 4.8 c-e 7.5 a
S1 SW2 14.3 h 4.6 fg 7.5 a
S1 IW1 12.7 i 4.5 h-j 7.5 a
S1 IW14 10.8 k 4.4 ij 7.6 a
S2 11.5 j 4.5 h-j 7.6 a
S2 IW16 20.9 c 4.9 b 7.4 ab
S2 SW2 17.4 e 4.8 b-d 7.5 a
S2 IW1 15.3 g 4.7 d-f 7.5 a
S2 IW14 12.5 i 4.6 fg 7.5 a
S3 12.6 i 4.6 fg 7.6 a
S3 IW16 26.2 a 5.2 a 6.8 c
S3 SW2 22.7 b 4.9 b 7.1 b
S3 IW1 18.7 d 4.8 c-e 7.4 ab
S3 IW14 15.8 f 4.7 d-f 7.4 a
LSD 0.4 0.1 0.2
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
90
Table 22. Changes in sulfur fractions 60 days after incubation
Treatments S-H2O S-NaH2PO4 S-HCl
---------------------------- mg kg-1-------------------------
Control 9.6 s 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW16 14.3 k 4.5 hi 7.4 a-d
SW2 12.2 o 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW1 10.5 q 4.4 ij 7.6 a
IW14 9.9 r 4.4 ij 7.6 a
S1 11.2 p 4.4 ij 7.6 a
S1 IW16 20.5 f 4.9 d 7.3 a-d
S1 SW2 17.5 i 4.8 e 7.3 a-d
S1 IW1 14.2 l 4.7 fg 7.4 a-d
S1 IW14 12.5 n 4.5 h 7.5 ab
S2 13.4 m 4.5 h 7.6 a
S2 IW16 26.6 b 5.2 c 7.1 c-e
S2 SW2 22.5 d 4.9 d 7.3 a-d
S2 IW1 18.5 g 4.8 e 7.5 a-c
S2 IW14 15.8 j 4.7 ef 7.5 ab
S3 13.4 m 4.6 gh 7.5 ab
S3 IW16 33.6 a 5.7 a 6.5 f
S3 SW2 25.2 c 5.4 b 6.9 e
S3 IW1 21.4 e 5.2 c 7.1 de
S3 IW14 17.7 h 5.2 c 7.2 b-e
LSD 0.1 0.1 0.3
p = 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
91
Table 23. Changes in sulfur fractions 90 days after incubation
Treatments S-H2O S-NaH2PO4 S-HCl
----------------------------- mg kg-1---------------------------
Control 9.6 s 4.4 k 7.6 a
IW16 15.3 l 4.6 gh 7.3 b-d
SW2 13.5 o 4.5 hi 7.5 ab
IW1 11.3 q 4.5 hi 7.5 a
IW14 10.2 r 4.4 jk 7.6 a
S1 12.4 p 4.5 hi 7.6 a
S1 IW16 24.5 f 5.3 d 7.1 d-f
S1 SW2 20.6 h 5.1 e 7.1 d-f
S1 IW1 16.7 j 4.8 f 7.2 cd
S1 IW14 14.8 m 4.7 g 7.3 b-d
S2 14.4 n 4.6 g 7.5 a
S2 IW16 31.5 c 5.7 b 6.8 fg
S2 SW2 25.9 d 5.5 c 7.1 d-f
S2 IW1 22.5 g 5.1 e 7.3 b-d
S2 IW14 17.5 i 4.9 f 7.4 a-c
S3 15.6 k 4.7 g 7.4 a-c
S3 IW16 40.2 a 6.1 a 6.3 h
S3 SW2 32.7 b 5.7 b 6.6 g
S3 IW1 24.7 e 5.4 c 6.9 e-g
S3 IW14 20.6 h 5.3 d 7.1 d-f
LSD 0.1 0.1 0.2
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
92
After 60 days of incubation net increased quantities of water soluble S and
exchangeable S were 24.0 and 1 .3 mg kg-1, respectively (Table 22). However, the
quantity of occluded S decreased (net decrease 1.1 mg kg-1) due to its dissolution
and conversion to water soluble and exchangeable S forms. Minimum increase
(0.3 mg kg-1) was recorded in the quantity of water soluble S with IW14.
Concentration of all S fractions in control changed non significantly.
Mechanism of sulfate production by interactive effect of different doses of
S and Thiobacillus spp. continued upto the 90th day of incubation (Table 23).
Maximum net increase in the concentration of water soluble S and exchangeable S
was recorded as 30.6 and 1.7 mg kg-1, respectively and maximum net decrease in
the amount of occluded S was determined as 1.3 mg kg-1 with S3 IW16. Decrease
in occluded S was due to its solubilization by high quantity of sulfuric acid
produced as a result of S oxidation. The treatment IW14 indicated minimum net
increase in the quantity of water soluble S as 0.6 mg kg-1 No significant change
was observed in the amount of all S fractions in case of control.
Sulfur or Thiobacillus spp. alone could not produce significant amount of
sulfates, whereas S along with Thiobacillus strains significantly increased the
concentration of water soluble S and exchangeable S in the incubated soil because
both are essential for bacterial S oxidation phenomenon (Jiang et al., 2009; Hassan
et al., 2010). The results were consistent with the results reported by Yang et al.
(2010) regarding elemental S oxidation by Thiobacillus spp. wherein they
93
recorded an increase in the concentration of both water soluble S and
exchangeable S upto 84th day of incubation. Maochun et al. (2002) and Kumar and
Nagendran (2008) both recorded sulfate production during S oxidation under the
combined effect of S and Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans.
4.2.8 Micronutrients Bioavailability Enhancement during Incubation
After 60 days of incubation maximum quantities of Zn (1.43 mg kg-1), Fe
(7.15 mg kg-1), Mn (2.88 mg kg-1), Cu (0.48 mg kg-1) and B (1.00 mg kg-1) with S3
IW16 in which the soil was treated with maximum amount of 100 mg S kg-1 in
combination with Thiobacillus strain IW16 (Table 24). Minimum concentration of
Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B (0.37, 3.55, 0.73, 0.20 and 0.36 mg kg-1, respectively) was
noted in treatment where only strain IW14 was inoculated. No significant change
was found in control.
Table 25 shows the data regarding the concentration of soil micronutrients
after 60 days of incubation. An increase in Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B quantities was
observed in all treatments except in control where the soil was incubated without S
and Thiobacilli. The highest concentration of Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B in the
incubated soil was observed as 1.65, 8.94, 3.73, 0.64 and 1.26 mg kg-1,
respectively in treatment S3 IW16. The lowest quantities of Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B
were recorded in treatment IW14 with values of 0.38, 3.69, 0.78, 0.21 and 0.37 mg
kg-1, respectively.
94
Table 24. Soil micronutrients contents after 30 days of incubation
Treatments Zn Fe Mn Cu B
---------------------------------- mg kg-1-------------------------------
Control 0.37 i 3.54 h 0.75 i 0.20 g 0.34 h
IW16 0.39 i 3.67 f-h 0.88 e-h 0.22 fg 0.44 fg
SW2 0.38 i 3.58 h 0.80 g-i 0.21 g 0.38 h
IW1 0.38 i 3.57 h 0.78 hi 0.20 g 0.37 h
IW14 0.37 i 3.55 h 0.73 i 0.20 g 0.36 h
S1 0.38 i 3.58 h 0.77 hi 0.20 g 0.36 h
S1 IW16 0.68 e 3.95 e 1.15 d 0.25 e-g 0.55 e
S1 SW2 0.51 fg 3.79 e-g 0.96 e 0.23 fg 0.47 f
S1 IW1 0.48 gh 3.68 f-h 0.82 f-i 0.21 fg 0.39 gh
S1 IW14 0.43 hi 3.62 gh 0.78 hi 0.21 g 0.38 h
S2 0.44 hi 3.67 f-h 0.80 g-i 0.21 fg 0.38 h
S2 IW16 0.93 c 5.54 b 1.53 b 0.37 b 0.80 b
S2 SW2 0.78 d 4.15 d 1.10 d 0.32 bc 0.67 c
S2 IW1 0.67 e 3.94 e 0.92 ef 0.27 c-f 0.58 de
S2 IW14 0.59 f 3.83 ef 0.84 f-i 0.26 d-g 0.49 f
S3 0.53 fg 3.80 e-g 0.89 e-g 0.25 e-g 0.44 fg
S3 IW16 1.43 a 7.15 a 2.88 a 0.48 a 1.00 a
S3 SW2 1.15 b 5.52 b 1.57 b 0.36 b 0.80 b
S3 IW1 0.89 c 4.59 c 1.37 c 0.31 b-d 0.62 cd
S3 IW14 0.78 d 4.14 d 1.16 d 0.29 c-e 0.60 de
LSD 0.07 0.17 0.09 0.05 0.05
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
95
Table 25. Soil micronutrients contents after 60 days of incubation
Treatments Zn Fe Mn Cu B
--------------------------------- mg kg-1----------------------------------
Control 0.37 i 3.54 m 0.76 l 0.20 k 0.33 m
IW16 0.43 hi 4.14 i 0.97 i 0.26 g-k 0.52 ij
SW2 0.40 i 3.87 jk 0.87 i-l 0.23 h-k 0.42 k-m
IW1 0.39 i 3.76 kl 0.83 j-l 0.22 h-k 0.38 lm
IW14 0.38 i 3.69 l 0.78 kl 0.21 jk 0.37 lm
S1 0.42 hi 3.73 l 0.79 kl 0.21 i-k 0.39 lm
S1 IW16 0.82 e 4.76 gh 1.36 g 0.33 e-g 0.69 ef
S1 SW2 0.69 f 4.11 i 1.16 h 0.29 f-i 0.60 gh
S1 IW1 0.61 g 3.98 j 0.94 ij 0.26 g-k 0.47 jk
S1 IW14 0.57 g 3.89 jk 0.87 i-l 0.25 g-k 0.45 j-l
S2 0.48 h 4.17 i 0.88 i-k 0.24 h-k 0.40 k-m
S2 IW16 1.29 c 6.53 c 2.87 b 0.48 bc 0.79 cd
S2 SW2 0.92 d 5.16 f 1.94 d 0.40 de 0.79 cd
S2 IW1 0.82 e 4.89 g 1.69 e 0.33 e-g 0.64 fg
S2 IW14 0.71 f 4.64 h 1.49 f 0.30 f-h 0.59 g-i
S3 0.58 g 4.80 g 0.95 i 0.28 g-j 0.53 h-j
S3 IW16 1.65 a 8.94 a 3.73 a 0.64 a 1.26 a
S3 SW2 1.53 b 7.15 b 2.44 c 0.51 b 0.92 b
S3 IW1 1.26 c 6.16 d 1.98 d 0.42 cd 0.86 bc
S3 IW14 0.97 d 5.35 e 1.89 d 0.37 d-f 0.75 de
LSD 0.07 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.07
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
96
Table 26. Soil micronutrients contents after 90 days of incubation
Treatments Zn Fe Mn Cu B
---------------------------------- mg kg-1-------------------------------
Control 0.37 p 3.54 n 0.75 l 0.20 k 0.34 n
IW16 0.46 n 4.58 i 1.12 i 0.27 i-k 0.56 jk
SW2 0.41 op 4.31 j 0.94 j 0.24 jk 0.46 lm
IW1 0.39 p 4.06 kl 0.89 jk 0.22 k 0.39 mn
IW14 0.38 p 3.88 m 0.80 kl 0.21 k 0.38 mn
S1 0.46 no 3.92 lm 0.84 j-l 0.22 k 0.39 mn
S1 IW16 1.25 h 5.72 f 1.65 g 0.37 f-h 0.77 fg
S1 SW2 0.95 j 4.98 h 1.43 h 0.34 g-i 0.68 hi
S1 IW1 0.79 k 4.54 i 1.19 i 0.32 h-j 0.61 ij
S1 IW14 0.69 l 4.13 k 1.10 i 0.31 h-j 0.49 kl
S2 0.53 m 4.30 j 0.95 j 0.28 i-k 0.48 kl
S2 IW16 1.76 c 8.54 b 3.66 b 0.68 b 1.13 b
S2 SW2 1.60 e 6.91 d 2.83 d 0.51 cd 0.99 c
S2 IW1 1.37 g 6.11 e 2.16 e 0.49 cd 0.85 ef
S2 IW14 1.15 i 5.22 g 1.93 f 0.44 d-f 0.74 gh
S3 0.68 l 4.92 h 1.15 i 0.41 e-g 0.62 ij
S3 IW16 2.15 a 10.13 a 4.53 a 0.79 a 1.63 a
S3 SW2 1.82 b 8.24 c 3.16 c 0.68 b 1.12 b
S3 IW1 1.70 d 6.82 d 2.91 d 0.55 c 0.92 cd
S3 IW14 1.54 f 6.15 e 2.18 e 0.48 c-e 0.87 de
LSD 0.05 0.15 0.12 0.07 0.07
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different. S1, 25 mg kg-1; S2, 37.5 mg kg-1; S3, 50 mg kg-1.
97
Increasing trend of micronutrients concentration in the incubated soil
continued up to the 90th day of incubation (Table 25). After 90 days of incubation
the highest values of Zn (2.15 mg kg-1), Fe (10.13 mg kg-1), Mn (4.53 mg kg-1), Cu
(0.79 mg kg-1) and B (1.63 mg kg-1) in the incubated soil were recorded with S3
IW16 (Table 26). While the minimum quantities of soil micronutrients Zn (0.38
mg kg-1), Fe (3.88 mg kg-1), Mn (0.80 mg kg-1), Cu (0.21 mg kg-1) and B (0.38 mg
kg-1) were determined with IW14. Amongst the treatments control showed no
significant difference in the quantities of soil micronutrients.
During 90 days of incubation period bacterial S oxidation continuously
produced sulfuric acid which persistently solubilized and released soil
micronutrients (Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B) into available forms as was reported by
Jaggi et al. (2005). Similar results were recorded by Zhou et al. (2002) during
their study on S oxidation by Thiobacillus. They reported that biological S
oxidation was a sulfuric acid generating process which not only decreased soil pH
but also increased the availability of soil micronutrients. Yang et al. (2010) also
reported that the availability of soil micronutrients increased during the
mechanism of biological S oxidation by Thiobacillus spp during 84 days of
incubation study.
4.2.9 Interrelationship among Various Soil Variables
Degree of linear relationship among various pairs of variables during
incubation study (after 30, 60 and 90 days) was determined through simple linear
98
Table 27. Correlation among various soil variables
Correlation parameters pH ECe CaCO3
After 30 days
EC -0.94**
CaCO3 0.95** -0.96**
Ca2-P -0.98** 0.96** -0.96**
Ca8-P 0.95** -0.97** 0.96**
Ca10-P 0.94** -0.70** 0.68**
BAP -0.97** 0.92** -0.93**
Zn -0.97** 0.97** -0.92**
Fe -0.95** 0.86** -0.83**
Mn -0.94** 0.83** -0.81**
Cu -0.96** 0.94** -0.90**
B -0.97** 0.96** -0.92**
After 60 days
EC -0.96**
CaCO3 0.95** -0.96**
Ca2-P -0.96** 0.95** -0.95**
Ca8-P 0.95** -0.96** 0.95**
Ca10-P 0.97** -0.90** 0.91**
BAP -0.97** 0.96** -0.95**
Continued
99
Table Page 2
Correlation parameters pH ECe CaCO3
Zn -0.95** 0.95** 0.98**
Fe -0.93** 0.94** -0.90**
Mn -0.95** 0.94** -0.89**
Cu -0.96** 0.97** -0.93**
B -0.95** 0.97** -0.93**
After 90 days
EC -0.95**
CaCO3 0.92** -0.96**
Ca2-P -0.98** 0.94** -0.92**
Ca8-P 0.97** -0.93** 0.91**
Ca10-P 0.96** -0.92** 0.91**
BAP -0.99** 0.94** -0.91**
Zn -0.92** 0.98** -0.92**
Fe -0.96** 0.95** -0.91**
Mn -0.94** 0.94** -0.89**
Cu -0.94** 0.96** -0.93**
B -0.96** 0.96** -0.94**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01 BAP: Bio-available phosphorous
100
Table 28. Linear regression analyses among various soil variables
Variables Linear regression equation Coefficient of determination
(R2)EC vs. pH after 30 days y = -2.6241 pH + 21.821 0.89
EC vs. pH after 60 days y = -2.0879 pH + 17.621 0.92
EC vs. pH after 90 days y = -1.7387 pH + 14.931 0.91
CaCO3 vs. pH after 30 days y = 0.3886 pH + 4.0564 0.89
CaCO3 vs. pH after 60 days y = 0.2884 pH + 4.838 0.90
CaCO3 vs. pH after 90 days y = 0.2452 pH + 5.1642 0.85
Ca2-P vs. pH after 30 days y = -24.185 pH + 194.94 0.97
Ca2-P vs. pH after 60 days y = -20.543 pH + 167.01 0.93
Ca2-P vs. pH after 90 days y = -23.364 pH + 189.37 0.96
Ca2-P vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -57.325 CaCO3 + 412.59 0.92
Ca2-P vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -66.4 CaCO3 + 477.45 0.90
Ca2-P vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -82.67 CaCO3 + 592.51 0.85
Ca8-P vs. pH after 30 days y = 16.085 pH - 37.1 0.91
Ca8-P vs. pH after 60 days y = 12.331 pH - 8.0669 0.91
Ca8-P vs. pH after 90 days y = 11.192 pH + 0.7887 0.94
Ca8-P vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = 39.523 CaCO3 - 191.75 0.93
Ca8-P vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = 40.187 CaCO3 - 196.74 0.90
Ca8-P vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = 39.474 CaCO3 - 191.43 0.83
Ca10-P vs. pH after 30 days y = 5.2867 pH + 265.71 0.88
Ca10-P vs. pH after 60 days y = 5.518 pH + 263.69 0.95
Ca10-P vs. pH after 90 days y = 5.8288 pH + 261.11 0.92
Ca10-P vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = 11.368 CaCO3 + 226.38 0.69
Ca10-P vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = 17.368 CaCO3 + 183.62 0.87
Ca10-P vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = 21.099 CaCO3 + 157.19 0.86
BAP vs. pH after 30 days y = -23.944 pH + 194.22 0.92
Continued
101
Table page 2
Variables Linear regression equation (R2)
BAP P vs. pH after 60 days y = -23.348 pH + 189.82 0.94
BAP P vs. pH after 90 days y = -27.045 pH + 218.82 0.98
BAP vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -56.31 CaCO3 + 406.54 0.86
BAP vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -75.275 CaCO3 + 541.29 0.91
BAP vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -93.559 CaCO3 + 670.42 0.83
Zn vs. pH after 30 days y = -2.9279 pH + 23.465 0.94
Zn vs. pH after 60 days y = -2.5176 pH + 20.256 0.90
Zn vs. pH after 90 days y = -2.5685 pH + 20.78 0.85
Zn vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -6.7338 CaCO3 + 48.351 0.84
Zn vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -8.0413 CaCO3 + 57.621 0.85
Zn vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -9.7005 CaCO3 + 69.415 0.85
Fe vs. pH after 30 days y = -9.0326 pH + 74.593 0.90
Fe vs. pH after 60 days y = -8.6406 pH + 71.759 0.86
Fe vs. pH after 90 days y = -8.2356 pH + 68.901 0.92
Fe vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -19.201 CaCO3 + 140.23 0.69
Fe vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -27.419 CaCO3 + 198.73 0.80
Fe vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -29.431 CaCO3 + 213.05 0.84
Mn vs. pH after 30 days y = -4.8337 pH + 38.775 0.89
Mn vs. pH after 60 days y = -5.1573 pH + 41.388 0.89
Mn vs. pH after 90 days y = -4.8721 pH + 39.286 0.87
Mn vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -10.059 CaCO3 + 72.366 0.65
Mn vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -16.025 CaCO3 + 114.77 0.80
Mn vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -17.477 CaCO3 + 125.03 0.80
Cu vs. pH after 30 days y = -0.7361 pH + 6.0028 0.92
Cu vs. pH after 60 days y = -0.7575 pH + 6.186 0.93
Cu vs. pH after 90 days y = -0.7765 pH + 6.3731 0.88
Cu vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -1.6791 CaCO3 + 12.162 0.81
Continued
102
Table page 3
Variables Linear regression equation (R2)
Cu vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -2.3978 CaCO3 + 17.275 0.87
Cu vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -2.8982 CaCO3 + 20.834 0.87
B vs. pH after 30 days y = -1.8146 pH + 14.674 0.94
B vs. pH after 60 days y = -1.4927 pH + 12.164 0.90
B vs. pH after 90 days y = -1.5038 pH + 12.288 0.93
B vs. CaCO3 after 30 days y = -4.1803 CaCO3 + 30.147 0.84
B vs. CaCO3 after 60 days y = -4.8007 CaCO3 + 34.55 0.86
B vs. CaCO3 after 90 days y = -5.4995 CaCO3 + 39.494 0.88
BAP: Bio-available phosphorous
103
Table 29. Interrelationship among various soil phosphorous fractions
Para meters
Ca2-P Ca8-P Ca10-P Al-P Fe-P O-P
After 30 days
Ca8-P -0.98**
Ca10-P -0.80** 0.71**
Al-P -0.82** 0.81** 0.66**
Fe-P -0.94** 0.91** 0.77** 0.72**
O-P -0.84** 0.79** 0.81** 0.82** 0.82**
BAP 0.98** -0.95** -0.81** -0.93** -0.93** -0.79**
After 60 days
Ca8-P -0.99**
Ca10-P -0.97** 0.95**
Al-P -0.91** 0.89** 0.90**
Fe-P -0.94** 0.93** 0.93** 0.86**
O-P -0.92** 0.90** 0.90** 0.90** 0.92**
BAP 0.99** -0.99** -0.97** -0.90** -0.95** -0.91**
After 90 days
Ca8-P -0.98**
Ca10-P -0.98** 0.95**
Al-P -0.98** 0.94** 0.97**
Fe-P -0.91** 0.89** 0.86** 0.88**
O-P -0.88** 0.86** 0.84** 0.92** 0.78**
BAP 0.99** -0.99** -0.97** -0.96** -0.90** -0.88**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01; BAP: Bio-available phosphorous
104
correlation (Table 27). The incubated soil pH had a strong negative significant
correlation with ECe, Ca2-P, bio-available P, Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B, while it had
high positive significant correlation with CaCO3, Ca8-P and Ca10-P contents in the
soil. Decrease in soil pH increased the quantities of Ca2-P, bio-available P, Zn, Fe,
Mn, Cu and B linearly in the incubated soil solution which resulted increase in
ECe and at the same time the amount of CaCO3, Ca8-P and Ca10-P decreased. The
association among these variables was confirmed by straight regression lines
(Figures 5, 6, 7 and 8). The values of coefficient of determination among these
variables proved the interdependence and significance of the data (Table 28).
Garcia et al. (2007) and Yang et al. (2010) reported similar findings about the
relationship of soil pH and CaCO3 contents with the bioavailability of various
nutrients in the soil.
Electrical conductivity of the incubated soil exhibited a huge negative
significant relationship with CaCO3, Ca8-P and Ca10-P contents and an immense
positive correlation with Ca2-P, bio-available P, Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B quantities
in the soil. The results were conformed by the finding of Yang et al. (2010) who
also reported an increase in soil ECe with increase in the concentration of bio-
available P, sulfates and micronutrients in the soil solution.
The association of soil CaCO3 contents was found negative significant
with the concentration of Ca2-P, bio-available P, Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B, and
positive significant with the quantities of Ca8-P and Ca10-P in the soil. It indicated
105
that CaCO3 contents controlled the concentration of bio-available P, Ca2-P and
micronutrients in soil solution and the quantities of bio-available P, Ca2-P and
micronutrients increased when soil CaCO3 contents decreased. However, the
amount of Ca8-P and Ca10-P was more at high CaCO3 contents level in soil.
Straight regression lines among these variables confirmed their linear relationships
(Figures 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14). These findings were in line with the results
reported by Samadi (2006) and Garcia et al. (2007).
4.2.10 Interdependence among Various Soil Phosphorous Fractions
Table 29 portrayed the data concerning interrelationship of various P
fractions among themselves and with bio-available P contents in the incubated
soil. The concentration of Ca2-P had a high negative significant correlation with
Ca8-P, Ca10-P, Al-P, Fe-P and O-P and a huge positive significant relationship
with bio-available P contents in the soil as described by Samadi (2006). The
quantities of Ca8-P depicted a significant positive association with Ca10-P, Al-P,
Fe-P and O-P and a massive negative significant relationship with bio-available P
concentration in the incubated soil. The alliance of Ca10-P contents with Al-P, Fe-
P and O-P quantities was positive significant and it was negative significant with
bio-available P contents in the soil. Samavati and Hossinpur (2006) and Adhami et
al. (2007) recorded similar correlations and relationships among various inorganic
P fractions in soil.
106
y = -2.9279x + 23.465
R2 = 0.94
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Zn
(mg
kg-1
) y = -6.7338x + 48.351
R2 = 0.84
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Zn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -2.5176x + 20.256
R2 = 0.90
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Zn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -8.0413x + 57.621
R2 = 0.85
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Zn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -2.5685x + 20.78
R2 = 0.85
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Zn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -9.7005x + 69.415
R2 = 0.85
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Zn
(mg
kg-1
)
Figure 10. Zinc extractable relation with soil pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
107
y = -9.0326x + 74.593
R2 = 0.90
2
4
6
8
10
12
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Fe
(mg
kg-1
) y = -19.201x + 140.23
R2 = 0.69
2468
1012
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Fe
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -8.6406x + 71.759
R2 = 0.86
2
4
6
8
10
12
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Fe
(mg
kg-1
) y = -27.419x + 198.73
R2 = 0.80
2468
1012
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Fe
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -8.2356x + 68.901
R2 = 0.92
2
4
6
8
10
12
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Fe
(mg
kg-1
)
\
y = -29.431x + 213.05
R2 = 0.84
2468
1012
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Fe
(mg
kg-1
)
Figure 11. Relation of iron extractable with soil pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
108
y = -4.8337x + 38.775
R2 = 0.89
0
1
2
3
4
5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Mn
(mg
kg-1
) y = -10.059x + 72.366
R2 = 0.65
012345
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Mn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -5.1573x + 41.388
R2 = 0.89
0
1
2
3
4
5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Mn
(mg
kg-1
) y = -16.025x + 114.77
R2 = 0.80
012345
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Mn
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -4.8721x + 39.286
R2 = 0.87
0
1
2
3
4
5
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Mn
(mg
kg-1
) y = -17.477x + 125.03
R2 = 0.80
012345
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Mn
(mg
kg-1
)
Figure 12. Manganese extractable relation with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes
during incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
109
y = -0.7361x + 6.0028
R2 = 0.92
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Cu
(mg
kg-1
) y = -1.6791x + 12.162
R2 = 0.81
0.00.20.40.60.81.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Cu
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -0.7575x + 6.186
R2 = 0.93
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Cu
(mg
kg-1
) y = -2.3978x + 17.275
R2 = 0.87
0.00.20.40.60.81.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Cu
(mg
kg-1
)
y = -0.7765x + 6.3731
R2 = 0.88
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
Cu
(mg
kg-1
) y = -2.8982x + 20.834
R2 = 0.87
0.00.20.40.60.81.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
Cu
(mg
kg-1
)
Figure 13. Relation of copper extractable with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90, respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
110
y = -1.8146x + 14.674
R2 = 0.94
0.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
B (
mg
kg-1
) y = -4.1803x + 30.147
R2 = 0.84
0.0
0.40.8
1.21.6
2.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
B (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -1.4927x + 12.164
R2 = 0.90
0.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
B (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -4.8007x + 34.55
R2 = 0.86
0.0
0.40.8
1.21.6
2.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
B (
mg
kg-1
)
y = -1.5038x + 12.288
R2 = 0.93
0.0
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 8.0
Soil pH
B (
mg
kg-1
) y = -5.4995x + 39.494
R2 = 0.88
0.00.4
0.81.2
1.62.0
6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2
CaCO3 contents (%)
B (
mg
kg-1
)
Figure 14. Boron extractable relation with pH (a) and CaCO3 (b) changes during
incubation: a1 to a3 and b1 to b3 represent data from day 30, 60 and 90,
respectively
(a1)
(a3)
(a2)
(b3)
(b2)
(b1)
111
4.3 SULFUR OXIDIZING BACTERIA APPLICATION ON PLANT
GROWTH AND P UPTAKE
4.3.1 Basic Soil Analyses of Rice and Wheat Field
The field soil was nonsaline, alkaline and calcareous in nature (Table 30).
Total P concentration in the soil was 690.45 mg kg-1, while Olsen P (4.6 mg kg-1)
was noted within deficient limit (< 5 mg kg-1) as described by Ahmad et al.
(2003). Total S and water soluble S in soil was determined as 202.7 mg kg-1 and
9.5 mg kg-1, respectively in the experimental soil. Quantity of water soluble S was
< 10 mg kg-1 which was deficient for plant growth.
The concentration of total S and water soluble S in the soil was in similar
range as reported by Srinivasarao et al. (2004) and Mohammed and Adamu
(2009). Quantities of Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu and B were recorded as 0.32, 3.33, 0.67,
0.19 and 0.27 mg kg-1, respectively. Zinc, Mn and B contents in the soil were
deficient while Fe and Cu were adequate. These results were in harmony with the
findings obtained by Zia et al. (2006) and Niaz et al. (2007) regarding
micronutrients status of Pakistani soils.
4.3.2 Treatment Effect on Bio-available Phosphorous Contents at Rice
Harvest
The highest values of plant available P in soil (14.2 mg kg-1 with net
increase of 9.6 mg kg-1) were recorded with S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16
112
Table 30. Basic soil analyses before rice-wheat experiment
Soil property Unit Quantity
ECe dS m-1 1.1
pH - 8.1
O.M % 0.4
CaCO3 % 7.0
Total phosphorous mg kg-1 690.5
Available phosphorous mg kg-1 4.6
Total sulfur mg kg-1 202.7
Water soluble sulfur mg kg-1 9.5
Zinc mg kg-1 0.32
Iron mg kg-1 3.33
Mangnese mg kg-1 0.67
Copper mg kg-1 0.19
Boron mg kg-1 0.27
Clay % 18.2
Sand % 70.9
Silt % 11.0
Textural class Sandy clay loam
113
Table 31. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at rice harvest
Treatments
Bio-available P
Net increase / decrease over the initial value
---------------------- mg kg-1-----------------------
Control 4.1 k -0.5
IW16 5.7 f 1.1
SW2 4.7 i 0.1
P1 4.5 j -0.1
P1 IW16 5.9 e 1.3
P1 SW2 4.9 h 0.3
P2 4.6 ij -
P2 IW16 6.8 d 2.2
P2 SW2 5.7 f 1.1
S 5.6 f 1.0
S IW16 14.2 a 9.6
S SW2 11.5 c 6.9
P1S 5.0 g 0.4
P1S IW16 13.7 b 9.1
P1S SW2 11.5 c 6.9
LSD 0.14
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
114
with 100 kg S ha-1) and the lowest values of plant available P in soil (4.1 mg kg-1
with net decrease of 0.5 mg kg-1) were noted in control treatment (Table 31).
Concentration of bio-available P decreased in control and in P1 treatment plots (45
kg P2O5 ha-1) due to continuous plant uptake without solubilization and no / less
addition of P in soil. Intensity of P solubilization in soil was less in treatments
where Thiobacilli and S were used separately than those where they were used
collectively. The enhancement and bioavailability of plant available P in soil had a
positive significant correlation with bacterial S oxidation mechanism occurred
under the combined effect of Thiobacilli and S. These findings were conformed by
the findings of Stamford et al. (2003) and Hassan et al. (2010) who also recorded
P solubilization under the interactive effect of S and Thiobacilli.
4.3.3 Treatment Effect on Growth and Yield Attributes of Rice
Table 32 represents the data pertaining to plant height, panicle length,
number of tillers plant-1, grains panicle -1 and 1000 grains weight under treatments
effect in rice crop. Maximum plant height (122.0 cm), panicle length (29.9 cm),
number of tillers Plant-1 (21.2), number of grains panicle-1 (162.4) were
recorded under treatment P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16, 100 kg S ha-1 and
45 kg P2O5 ha-1). While maximum 1000 grains weight (32.5 g) was noted with
treatment S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 100 kg S ha-1). Minimum plant
height (101.3 cm), panicle length (21.2 cm), number of tillers Plant-1(9.6), number
of grains panicle-1 (98.4) and 1000 grains weight (19.6 g) were recorded in control
plots. Treatments S IW16 and P1S IW16 were found statistically identical. Sulfur
115
Table 32. Treatment effect on growth parameters of rice
Treatments
Plant height Panicle length
Tillers plant -1
Grains panicle -1
1000 grain weight
----------- cm ----------- -----------No.--------- --- g ---
Control 101.3 h 21.2 h 9.6 h 98.4 l 19.6 i
IW16 108.6 de 25.5 de 14.6 de 132.6 e 25.2 ef
SW2 106.3 fg 25.0 f 13.0 g 119.5 j 23.4 g
P1 105.2 g 24.5 g 12.8 g 115.2 k 22.9 h
P1 IW16 110.4 d 25.9 cd 14.9 d 136.5 d 25.6 e
P1 SW2 107.8 ef 25.1 ef 13.2 g 125.8 g 23.6 g
P2 107.5 ef 25.3 ef 14.4 e 123.5 h 24.8 f
P2 IW16 112.7 c 26.1 c 15.8 c 139.6 c 27.0 d
P2 SW2 109.9 d 25.3 ef 14.4 e 130.5 f 25.1 ef
S 106.5 fg 25.1 ef 13.8 f 118.7 j 24.9 f
S IW16 121.9 a 29.7 a 21.2 a 161.3 a 32.5 a
S SW2 117.3 b 28.1 b 18.5 b 153.9 b 30.0 b
P1S 108.8 de 25.5 def 14.5 e 121.6 i 25.2 ef
P1S IW16 122.0 a 29.9 a 21.2 a 162.4 a 32.1 a
P1S SW2 117.6 b 28.2 b 18.6 b 154.5 b 29.2 c
LSD 1.8 0.5 0.4 1.8 0.5
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
116
Table 33. Treatment effect on yield attributes of rice
Treatments Paddy yield Straw yield Biological yield
Harvest index
-------------------- Mg ha-1--------------- --- % ---
Control 2.98 j 5.03 g 8.01 h 37.20 i
IW16 6.31 def 5.97 c 12.28 e 51.38 efg
SW2 5.56 hi 5.52 de 11.08 f 50.18 g
P1 5.22 i 5.14 fg 10.36 g 50.39 g
P1 IW16 6.51 de 7.03 b 13.54 d 48.08 h
P1 SW2 5.72 gh 5.55 de 11.27 f 50.75 fg
P2 6.24 def 5.25 efg 11.49 f 54.31 a-d
P2 IW16 7.03 c 7.11 ab 14.14 c 49.72 gh
P2 SW2 6.57 d 5.71 cd 12.28 e 53.50 bcd
S 5.98 fg 5.40 def 11.38 f 52.55 def
S IW16 9.42 a 7.48 a 16.90 a 55.74 a
S SW2 8.58 b 7.16 ab 15.74 b 54.51 a-d
P1S 6.12 ef 5.45 def 11.57 f 52.90 cde
P1S IW16 9.16 a 7.41 a 16.57 a 55.28 ab
P1S SW2 8.63 b 7.15 ab 15.78 b 54.69 abc
LSD 0.37 0.33 0.51 1.88
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
117
oxidation treatments with or without P significantly increased crop growth and
yield parameters by enhancing bioavailability of P in soil. The results were
supported by Alam et al. (2009) who recorded an increase in number of tillers
Plant-1, panicle length, number of grains panicle-1, number of grains panicle-1 and
1000 grains weight in rice crop by increasing the concentration of plant available
P in soil. Khan et al. (2007) also reported significant effect of increased quantity
of plant available P in soil on plant length and panicle length in rice crop.
Paddy, straw and biological yields and harvest index recorded at harvest
are given in Table 33. The highest values of paddy (9.42 Mg ha-1), straw (7.48 Mg
ha-1) and biological yields (16.90 Mg ha-1), and harvest index (55.74 %) were
recorded with S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 100 kg S ha-1). The lowest
values of paddy (2.98 Mg ha-1), straw (5.03 Mg ha-1) and biological yields (8.01
Mg ha-1), and harvest index (37.20 %) were determined in control. Yield attributes
of rice increased in treatment plots where the amount of plant available P
increased as a result of bacterial S oxidation under the effect of Thiobacilli or S
and the increase was more acute when Thiobacilli and S were used together. Khan
et al. (2007) and Rahman et al. (2007) reported that the yield of rice crop
increased with the increase in P and S quantities in soil. Findings of Afzal and
Bano (2008) were also quite in line with these results. Panhwar et al. (2011) also
concluded similar results and found that yield of rice crop was significantly
correlated with the extent of P solubilization in soil occurred under the influence
of phosphorous solubilizing bacteria.
118
Table 34. Phosphorous uptake by rice
Treatments
P concentration P uptake
Paddy Straw Paddy Straw Total
------------ % ---------- ----------------- kg ha-1-----------------
Control 0.081 l 0.014 n 2.41 k 0.70 l 3.11 l
IW16 0.172 g 0.039 k 10.85 f 2.33 hi 13.18 g
SW2 0.159 j 0.030 l 8.84 i 1.66 j 10.50 j
P1 0.151 k 0.021 m 7.88 j 1.08 k 8.96 k
P1 IW16 0.179 f 0.062 g 11.65 e 4.36 g 16.01 f
P1 SW2 0.162 i 0.043 j 9.27 hi 2.39 h 11.66 i
P2 0.158 j 0.045 i 9.86 gh 2.36 hi 12.22 hi
P2 IW16 0.184 e 0.095 e 12.94 d 6.75 e 19.69 e
P2 SW2 0.173 g 0.087 f 11.37 ef 4.97 f 16.34 f
S 0.161 i 0.039 k 9.63 gh 2.11 i 11.74 i
S IW16 0.272 b 0.129 a 25.62 a 9.65 a 35.27 a
S SW2 0.241 d 0.112 d 20.68 c 8.02 d 28.70 d
P1S 0.164 h 0.047 h 10.04 g 2.56 h 12.60 gh
P1S IW16 0.278 a 0.123 b 25.46 a 9.11 b 34.57 b
P1S SW2 0.248 c 0.118 c 21.40 b 8.44 c 29.84 c
LSD 0.014 0.002 0.66 0.25 0.70
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
119
4.3.4 Phosphorous Uptake by Rice
Quantities of P concentration and P uptake in paddy had the highest values
(0.278 % and 25.62 kg ha-1, respectively) with P1S IW16 where Thiobacillus strain
IW16 was inoculated with 100 kg S ha-1 and 45 kg P2O5 ha-1 as DAP (Table 34).
Maximum P concentration and P uptake in straw (0.129 % and 9.65 kg ha-1,
respectively) was noted in treatment S IW16 which contained Thiobacillus strain
IW16 with 100 kg S ha-1. Control plots had the lowest values of P concentration
and P uptake in paddy (0.081 % and 2.41 kg ha-1, respectively) and straw (0.014 %
and 0.70 kg ha-1, respectively).
Phosphorous concentration and P uptake in paddy and straw was
significantly correlated with the amount of plant available P in soil. Therefore, the
treatments which solubilized and enhanced high quantity of P in soil through S
oxidation by Thiobacilli also had high amount of P in paddy and straw. Slaton et
al. (2001) and Singh et al. (2002) reported similar results and concluded a positive
significant correlation between the quantity of P in rice plants with the
concentration of plant available P in soil.
4.3.5 Correlation among Various Soil and Rice Variables
Relationship between various soil and plant variables in rice crop was
studied through determination of correlation coefficient, linear regression
equations and coefficient of determinations (Tables 35 and 36). Quantities of
different rice crop variables (total P uptake, paddy, straw and biological yields and
120
Table 35. Correlation among various rice variables
Parameters Bio-available P
Total P uptake
Paddy yield Straw yield
Biological yield
Total P uptake 0.97**
Paddy yield 0.91** 0.97**
Straw yield 0.86** 0.90** 0.86**
Biological yield
0.92** 0.98** 0.98** 0.94**
Harvest index 0.55* 0.66** 0.80** 0.42 0.69**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01
121
Table 36. Linear regression analyses among soil and rice variables
Variables Linear regression equation Coefficient of determination
(R2)
TPU vs. BAP y = 2.7002BAP - 1.8719 0.95
1000 GW vs. BAP y = 0.9392 BAP + 19.284 0.89
PY vs. BAP y = 0.4331 BAP + 3.5415 0.82
SY vs. BAP y = 0.2245 BAP + 4.5361 0.73
BY vs. BAP y = 0.6576 BAP + 8.0776 0.84
PY vs. TPU y = 0.1672 TPU + 3.7213 0.94
SY vs. TPU y = 0.0853 TPU + 4.6535 0.81
BY vs. TPU y = 0.2525 TPU + 8.3748 0.95
HI vs. TPU y = 0.3042 TPU + 46.05 0.44
BAP: Bio-available phosphorous, TPU: Total phosphorous uptake, PY: Paddy yield, SY: Straw yield, BY: Biological yield, HI: Harvest index
122
y = 2.7002x - 1.8719
R2 = 0.95
0
8
16
24
32
40
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Tot
al P
upt
ake
(kg
ha-1
)
y = 0.4331x + 3.5415
R2 = 0.82
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Pad
dy y
ield
(M
g ha
-1)
y = 0.2245x + 4.5361
R2 = 0.73
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Str
aw y
ield
(M
g ha
-1)
y = 0.6576x + 8.0776
R2 = 0.84
0
4
8
12
16
20
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
Figure 15. Soil bio-available P relation with different rice yield attributes
123
y = 0.1672x + 3.7213
R2 = 0.94
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Pad
dy y
ield
(M
g ha
-1)
y = 0.0853x + 4.6535
R2 = 0.81
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Str
aw y
ield
(M
g ha
-1)
y = 0.2525x + 8.3748
R2 = 0.95
0
4
8
12
16
20
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
y = 0.3042x + 46.05
R2 = 0.44
35
40
45
50
55
60
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Har
vest
inde
x (%
)
Figure 16. Phosphorous uptake relation with different rice yield attributes
124
harvest index) increased in a linear fashion with increase in the concentration of
bio-available P (Figure 15).
Similarly, total P uptake had a strong positive significant affiliation with all
yield attributes of rice crop (paddy, straw and biological yields, and harvest
index). High uptake of P by rice crop plants increased paddy, straw and biological
yields, and harvest index in a straight line (Figure 16). Afzal and Bano (2008) and
Panhwar et al. (2011) reported similar relationship between different crop
variables and amount of plant available P in the soil solution.
4.3.6 Treatment Effect on Bio-available Phosphorous Contents at Wheat
Harvest
The highest quantity of soil bio-available P (16.5 mg kg-1 with net increase
of 11.9 mg kg-1) was noted with S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 with 100 kg S
ha-1), while the lowest values of bio-available P in soil (3.9 mg kg-1 with net
decrease of 0.7 mg kg-1) were recorded with control (Table 37). Amount of soil
bio-available P decreased in treatment P1 (45 kg P2O5 ha-1) due to less addition
and more plant uptake. Similarly, decrease in the concentration of soil bio-
available P was more in control plots due to P uptake by plants in the absence of P
solubilization / addition. Aria et al. (2010) and Oh et al. (2010) also reported an
increase in the amount of plant available P through P solubilization and
enhancement in soil by the combined effect of Thiobacilli and S.
125
Table 37. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at wheat harvest
Treatments Bio-available P
Net increase / decrease over the initial value
---------------------- mg kg-1---------------------
Control 3.9 k -0.7
IW16 6.8 d 2.2
SW2 5.1 hi 0.5
P1 4.4 j -0.2
P1 IW16 7.0 d 2.4
P1 SW2 5.3 gh 0.7
P2 4.8 ij 0.2
P2 IW16 7.9 c 3.3
P2 SW2 6.3 e 1.7
S 5.8 f 1.2
S IW16 16.5 a 11.9
S SW2 13.9 b 9.3
P1S 5.6 fg 1.0
P1S IW16 16.2 a 11.6
P1S SW2 13.7 b 9.1
LSD 0.36
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
126
Table 38. Treatment effect on growth parameters of wheat
Treatments
Plant height Spike length
Tillers plant -1
Grains Spike -1
1000 grain weight
---------- cm --------- -----------No.--------- --- g---
Control 90.2 g 9.7 j 3.3 h 26.7 n 40.9 l
IW16 94.5 de 12.3 e 4.6 e 29.5 k 43.2 i
SW2 93.0 ef 11.5 h 4.2 f 28.5 l 42.8 j
P1 92.1 f 10.9 i 3.8 g 27.9 m 42.0 k
P1 IW16 95.6 cd 12.9 d 4.8 d 31.7 f 44.5 f
P1 SW2 94.2 de 11.9 fg 4.3 f 30.7 j 43.8 h
P2 94.1 cd 11.8 g 4.3 f 30.8 ij 43.7 h
P2 IW16 96.8 c 13.8 c 5.1 c 32.6 e 44.9 e
P2 SW2 95.3 cd 12.4 e 4.7 d 31.3 g 44.2 g
S 94.1 de 11.9 g 4.5 e 30.9 hi 43.7 h
S IW16 104.9 a 16.3 a 8.9 a 42.9 b 50.3 a
S SW2 102.2 b 15.2 b 7.7 b 39.4 c 48.5 c
P1S 94.3 de 12.1 f 4.6 e 31.1 h 43.8 h
P1S IW16 105.3 a 16.2 a 9.0 a 43.2 a 49.6 b
P1S SW2 102.6 b 15.3 b 7.8 b 38.9 d 47.6 d
LSD 1.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.3
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
127
Table 39. Treatment effect on Yield attributes of wheat
Treatments Grain yield Straw yield Biological yield
Harvest index
------------------- Mg ha-1----------------- --- % ---
Control 0.89 l 1.15 j 2.04 l 43.63 g
IW16 2.78 i 3.04 h 5.82 i 47.77 def
SW2 2.63 j 2.96 h 5.59 j 47.05 ef
P1 2.39 k 2.73 i 5.12 k 46.68 f
P1 IW16 3.16 g 3.36 f 6.52 g 48.47 cd
P1 SW2 2.99 h 3.25 g 6.24 h 47.92 de
P2 3.07 gh 3.38 f 6.45 g 47.60 def
P2 IW16 3.54 e 3.63 e 7.17 e 49.37 bc
P2 SW2 3.34 f 3.53 e 6.87 f 48.62 cd
S 2.98 h 3.21 g 6.19 h 48.14 cde
S IW16 5.34 a 5.17 a 10.51 a 50.81 a
S SW2 4.82 c 4.76 c 9.58 c 50.31 ab
P1S 3.11 g 3.30 fg 6.41 g 48.52 cd
P1S IW16 4.97 b 4.90 b 9.87 b 50.35 ab
P1S SW2 4.60 d 4.55 d 9.15 d 50.27 ab
LSD 0.11 0.11 0.15 1.11
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
128
4.3.7 Treatment Effect on Growth and Yield Attributes of Wheat
Data stand for plant height, spike length, number of tillers plant-1, number
of grains spike-1 and 1000 grain weight are given in Table 38. The highest plant
height (105.3 cm), number of tillers plant-1 (9.0) and grains spike -1 (43.2) were
recorded in treatment P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16, 100 kg S ha-1 and 45
kg P2O5 ha-1), while the highest spike length (16.3 cm) and 1000 grains weight
(50.3 g) were noted in S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 100 kg S ha-1). Both
the treatments S IW16 and P1S IW16 were found statistically similar in growth
parameters of wheat crop. The lowest values of plant height (90.2 cm), spike
length (9.7 cm), number of tillers plant-1 (3.3), number of grains spike -1 (26.7) and
1000 grains weight (40.9 g) were recorded in control treatment. The treatments
containing high amount of bio-available P as a consequent of bacterial
solubilization and enhancement had a positive significant effect on plant height,
spike length, number of tillers plant-1, number of grains spike -1 and 1000 grains
weight in wheat crop. Alam et al. (2003) and Hussain et al. (2008) reported
similar findings of increase in plant height, spike length and number of tillers
plant-1 in wheat crop by increasing bio-available concentration of P in soil.
Hussain et al. (2004) and Kaleem et al. (2009) recorded an increase in grains
spike-1 and 1000 grains weight in wheat crop under the effect of high
concentration of bio-available P in soil.
Maximum values of grain (5.34 Mg ha-1), straw (5.17 Mg ha-1) and
biological yields (10.51 Mg ha-1), and harvest index (50.81 %) were recorded with
129
S IW16, while minimum values of grain (0.89 Mg ha-1), straw (1.15 Mg ha-1) and
biological yields (2.04 Mg ha-1), and harvest index (43.63 %) were noted in
control plots (Table 39). High significant difference with control in the yield
attributes of wheat (grain, straw and biological yields, and harvest index) was
observed in S oxidation treatments. Positive significant relationship of P
concentration in soil solution with grain, straw and biological yields and harvest
index of wheat crop was recorded. These results were supported by the findings of
Yadav et al. (2011) who reported an increase in wheat yield by enhancing soil P
bioavailability under the influence of phosphorous solubilizing bacteria. Rahman
et al. (2007) also reported that high dose of S application significantly increased
both grain and straw yields of different crops.
4.3.8 Phosphorous Upatake by Wheat
Maximum concentration of P in wheat grain (0.426 %) was recorded with
P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16, 100 kg S ha-1 plus 45 kg P2O5 ha-1) and the
highest value of P concentration in wheat straw (0.171 %) was noted with S IW16
(Table 40). The highest P uptake by wheat grain, wheat straw and subsequently
the total P uptake (22.05, 8.84 and 30.89 kg ha-1, respectively) was determined in
treatment S IW16, whereas the lowest quantity of P concentration in wheat grain
and wheat straw was determined as 0.121 and 0.016 %, respectively and the
lowest quantity of P uptake in wheat grain and wheat straw was recorded as 1.08
and 0.18 kg ha-1, respectively in control plots. The treatments which solubilized
and enhanced high quantity of P in soil contained high amount of P in wheat grain
130
Table 40. Phosphorous uptake by wheat
Treatments
P concentration P uptake
Grain Straw Grain Straw Total
----------- % ---------- ----------------- kg ha-1 ----------------
Control 0.121 n 0.016 o 1.08 m 0.18 n 1.26 n
IW16 0.214 k 0.045 l 5.95 j 1.37 k 7.32 k
SW2 0.202 l 0.033 m 5.31 k 0.98 l 6.29 l
P1 0.184 m 0.029 n 4.40 l 0.79 m 5.19 m
P1 IW16 0.248 g 0.072 g 7.84 g 2.42 g 10.26 g
P1 SW2 0.233 hi 0.057 i 6.97 i 1.85 hi 8.82 i
P2 0.231 i 0.052 j 7.09 hi 1.76 i 8.85 i
P2 IW16 0.286 e 0.113 e 10.12 e 4.10 e 14.22 e
P2 SW2 0.268 f 0.098 f 8.95 f 3.46 f 12.41 f
S 0.228 j 0.049 k 6.79 i 1.57 j 8.36 j
S IW16 0.413 b 0.171 a 22.05 a 8.84 a 30.89 a
S SW2 0.367 d 0.158 c 17.69 c 7.52 c 25.21 c
P1S 0.236 h 0.059 h 7.34 h 1.95 h 9.29 h
P1S IW16 0.426 a 0.169 b 21.17 b 8.28 b 29.45 b
P1S SW2 0.374 c 0.152 d 17.20 d 6.92 d 24.12 d
LSD 0.003 0.002 0.299 0.118 0.335
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
131
and wheat straw. Therefore, a positive significant correlation was found between
soil available P and P contents in wheat plants. The results were in conformity
with those of Patidar and Mali (2001) and Alam et al. (2003) who reported an
increase in P concentration in wheat grain and wheat straw with the increase in
plant available P in soil.
4.3.9 Correlation among Various Soil and Wheat Variables
Interrelationship and interdependence data about various soil and wheat
crop variables are enclosed in Table 41 and 42, respectively. High concentration
of bio-available P in soil solution raised the quantities of total P uptake, wheat
grain, straw and biological yields linearly and with increase in the amount of total
P uptake, wheat grain, straw and biological yields and harvest index also increased
in a linear fashion (huge positive significant correlation).
Interdependence of various variables was confirmed by the values of
linear regression equations and coefficient of determinations. Figures 17 and 18
depicted that bio-available P contents in soil, P uptake by wheat crop and yield
attributes of wheat crop are inter-dependable and interrelated. These results were
in line with those of Hussain et al. (2008) and Yadav et al. (2011) who also
recorded similar kind of relationships between the amount of bio-available P in
soil and different yield crop variables.
132
Table 41. Correlation among various wheat variables
Parameters Bio-available P
Total P uptake
Paddy yield Straw yield
Biological yield
Total P uptake 0.82**
Paddy yield 0.84** 0.96**
Straw yield 0.83** 0.94** 0.99**
Biological yield
0.84** 0.95** 0.99** 0.99**
Harvest index 0.86** 0.88** 0.97** 0.97** 0.97**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01
133
Table 42. Linear regression analyses among soil and wheat variables
Variables Linear regression equation Coefficient of determination
(R2)
TPU vs. BAP y = 2.0546 BAP - 3.3817 0.96
1000 GW vs. BAP y = 0.611 BAP + 39.881 0.95
WGY vs. BAP y = 0.2365 BAP + 1.4353 0.84
WSY vs. BAP y = 0.2009 BAP + 1.8812 0.78
BY vs. BAP y = 0.4373 BAP + 3.3165 0.81
WGY vs. TPU y = 0.1188 TPU + 1.7747 0.92
WSY vs. TPU y = 0.1018 TPU + 2.1573 0.88
BY vs. TPU y = 0.2206 TPU + 3.932 0.91
HI vs. TPU y = 0.1716 TPU + 46.058 0.77
BAP: Bio-available phosphorous, TPU: Total phosphorous uptake, WGY: Wheat grain yield, WSY: Wheat straw yield, BY: Biological yield, HI: Harvest index
134
y = 2.0546x - 3.3817
R2 = 0.96
0
8
16
24
32
40
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Tot
al P
upt
ake
(kg
ha-1
)y = 0.2365x + 1.4353
R2 = 0.84
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Whe
at g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.2009x + 1.8812
R2 = 0.78
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Whe
at s
traw
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1) y = 0.4373x + 3.3165
R2 = 0.81
0
3
6
9
12
15
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
Figure 17. Soil bio-available P relation with different wheat yield attributes
135
y = 0.1188x + 1.7747
R2 = 0.92
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Whe
at g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.1018x + 2.1573
R2 = 0.88
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Whe
at s
traw
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.2206x + 3.932
R2 = 0.91
0
3
6
9
12
15
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
y = 0.1716x + 46.058
R2 = 0.77
40
43
46
49
52
55
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Har
vest
inde
x (%
)
Figure 18. Phosphorous uptake relation with different wheat yield attributes
136
S IW16 Rice crop Control
S IW16 Wheat crop Control
Plate 2. Response of rice and wheat to Thiobacillus
137
4.3.10 Basic Soil Analyses for Maize Field
The experimental soil was nonsaline, alkaline and calcareous in nature
with ECe 1.17 dS m-1, pH 8.0 and CaCO3 contents 7.18 % (Table 43). These
characteristics represented most of the soils present in semi arid and arid regions
(Bryan and Jason, 2005). Quantity of total P in the soil was determined as 678.79
mg kg-1, whereas the amount of plant available P was recorded within deficient
limit (< 5 mg kg-1) like most of the Pakistani soils (Rehman et al., 2000; Solangi
et al., 2006). Concentration of total soil S and water soluble S was estimated as
207.34 and 9.26 mg kg-1, respectively.
Quantity of water soluble S came under deficient limit (< 10 mg kg-1)
required for plant growth (Ahmed et al., 1994). Concentration of Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu
and B were recorded as 0.34, 3.46, 0.69, 0.17 and 0.29 mg kg-1, respectively.
Most of the micronutrients like Zn, Mn and B in the experimental soil were
deficient (<1.0, <1.0 and <0.5 mg kg-1, respectively) for plant growth (Ryan et al.,
2001). Moreover, the results reported by Zia et al. (2006) about the micronutrient
status of Pakistani soils were quite similar with the micronutrient quantities
determined in the experimental soil.
4.3.11 Treatment Effect on Soil Bio-available Phosphorous Contents at
Maize Harvest
After spring maize crop harvest maximum significant increase in the
amount of plant available P was recorded as 14.8 mg kg-1 (net increase of 10.3 mg
138
Table 43. Basic soil analyses before spring-autumn maize experiment
Soil property Unit Quantity
ECe dS m-1 1.2
pH - 8.0
O.M % 0.4
CaCO3 % 7.2
Total phosphorous mg kg-1 678.8
Available p mg kg-1 4.5
Total sulfur mg kg-1 207.3
Water solubke sulfur mg kg-1 9.3
Zinc mg kg-1 0.34
Iron mg kg-1 3.46
Manganese mg kg-1 0.69
Copper mg kg-1 0.17
Boron mg kg-1 0.29
Clay % 18.9
Sand % 71.6
Silt % 9.5
Textural class Sandy clay loam
139
Table 44. Soil bio-available phosphorous contents at maize harvest
Treatments
Bio-available P Net increase / decrease over the
initial value
Spring Autumn Spring Autumn
-------------------------------- mg kg-1--------------------------
Control 3.9 l 3.8 k -0.6 -0.7
IW16 5.8 g 6.1 f 1.3 1.6
SW2 4.9 i 5.3 h 0.4 0.8
P1 4.4 k 4.2 j -0.2 -0.3
P1 IW16 6.5 e 6.9 d 2.0 2.4
P1 SW2 5.1 h 5.8 g 0.6 1.3
P2 4.6 j 4.6 i 0.1 0.1
P2 IW16 7.4 d 7.56c 2.9 3.1
P2 SW2 6.2 f 6.4 e 1.7 1.9
S 5.3 h 5.4 h 0.8 0.9
S IW16 14.8 a 17.2 a 10.3 12.7
S SW2 12.5 c 14.2 b 8.0 9.7
P1S 6.1 f 6.1 f 1.6 1.6
P1S IW16 14.7 a 17.3 a 10.2 12.8
P1S SW2 12.7 b 14.2 b 8.2 9.7
LSD 0.2 0.2
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
140
kg-1) with S IW16 where Thiobacillus strain IW16 was inoculated with 100 kg S
ha-1 and minimum values of plant available P was noted as 3.9 mg kg-1 (net
decrease of 0.6 mg kg-1) in control. Whereas, after autumn maize crop harvest the
highest increase in the amount of soil bio-available P was determined with
treatment P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 and 100 kg S ha-1 with 45 kg P2O5
ha-1) with values of 17.2 mg kg-1 (net increase of 12.8 mg kg-1) and minimum
concentration of soil bio-available P was determined as 3.8 mg kg-1 (net decrease
of 0.7 mg kg-1) in control treatment (Table 44). Treatment P1S IW16 was found
statistically at par with S IW16. Concentration of bio-available P in soil decreased
in control treatment due to continuous plant uptake without addition /
solubilization. Similarly, the quantity of plant available P decreased slightly in
treatments P1 (45 kg P2O5 ha-1) due to less addition and more plant uptake.
The mechanism of P solubilzation and enhancement by bacterial S
oxidation continued in autumn maize crop like spring maize crop and P
availability status of the soil increased. Phosphorous solubilization and
enhancement in soil depended on Thiobacilli spp. along with S because these two
factors are important for bacterial S oxidation as described by Besharati et al.
2007 and Hassan et al. 2010. Both these factors significantly increased plant
available P contents in soil independently (less quantity) and collectively (high
quantity). The process of P solubilization and enhancement was also observed by
Zhou et al. (2002) and Jaggi et al. (2005) as a consequent of joint effect of
Thiobacillus spp. and S.
141
Table 45. Treatment effect on growth parameters of maize
Treatments Cobs plant-1 Grains plant-1 1000 grains
weight
Spring Autumn Spring Autumn Spring Autumn
----------------------- No.------------------------ ------------ g -----------
Control 0.85 g 0.81 f 255.3 m 243.3 l 185.6 o 183.8 k
IW16 1.15 c-e 1.19 c 394.6 g 410.5 g 251.8 i 258.9 f
SW2 1.08 ef 1.14 cd 373.7 k 382.6 i 229.7 n 237.5 i
P1 1.05 f 1.01 e 370.7 l 367.4 k 230.7 m 226.2 j
P1 IW16 1.18 b-d 1.20 c 402.8 e 417.7 f 259.6 f 266.6 d
P1 SW2 1.11 c-f 1.15 cd 377.4 j 393.8 h 246.4 l 251.6 g
P2 1.10 d-f 1.08 de 375.8 j 372.6 j 249.3 j 246.4 h
P2 IW16 1.19 bc 1.24 bc 421.7 d 455.3 e 267.3 e 275.2 c
P2 SW2 1.13 c-f 1.22 bc 398.5 f 419.4 f 255.6 h 262.8 e
S 1.11 c-f 1.14 cd 379.2 i 392.8 h 247.8 k 253.3 g
S IW16 1.29 a 1.35 a 579.7 b 607.3 b 310.5 b 319.7 a
S SW2 1.24 ab 1.31 ab 542.9 c 578.7 c 291.3 d 298.8 b
P1S 1.13 c-f 1.16 cd 389.6 h 410.7 g 256.5 g 261.4 e
P1S IW16 1.30 a 1.36 a 584.3 a 611.9 a 313.2 a 319.4 a
P1S SW2 1.24 ab 1.32 ab 544.6 c 576.5 d 292.6 c 298.3 b
LSD 0.08 0.09 1.8 2.1 0.9 1.7
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
142
Table 46. Treatment effect on yield attributes of maize
Treatments Grain yield Stalk yield Biological yield
Spring Autumn Spring Autumn Spring Autumn
------------------------------------ Mg ha-1----------------------------------
Control 1.71 i 1.59 j 6.23 h 6.15 g 7.94 i 7.74 i
IW16 4.50 de 4.64 e 10.0 3ef 10.41 d 14.53 ef 15.05 e
SW2 4.36 g 4.40 g 9.93 fg 9.95 ef 14.29 gh 14.35 fg
P1 4.13 h 4.05 i 9.98 e-g 9.92 ef 14.11 h 13.97 h
P1 IW16 4.60 d 4.66 e 10.20 d 10.44 d 14.80 d 15.10 e
P1 SW2 4.38 fg 4.43 g 9.87 g 9.98 ef 14.25 gh 14.41 f
P2 4.37 g 4.27 h 9.94 e-g 9.82 f 14.31 f-h 14.09 gh
P2 IW16 4.74 c 5.02 d 10.41 c 11.14 c 15.15 c 16.16 d
P2 SW2 4.49 d-f 4.61 ef 10.06 de 10.35 d 14.55 e 14.96 e
S 4.43 e-g 4.49 g 10.00 d-g 10.04 e 14.43 e-g 14.53 f
S IW16 6.78 a 7.24 a 14.00 a 14.25 a 20.78 a 21.49 a
S SW2 6.37 b 6.76 c 13.69 b 13.84 b 20.06 b 20.60 c
P1S 4.46 e-g 4.51 fg 10.07 de 10.07 e 14.53 ef 14.58 f
P1S IW16 6.83 a 7.06 b 14.06 a 14.1 a 20.89 a 21.16 b
P1S SW2 6.42 b 6.79 c 13.80 b 13.87 b 20.22 b 20.66 c
LSD 0.11 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.27
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
143
4.3.12 Treatment Effect on Growth Parameters of Maize
Table 45 portrays the data regarding number of cobs plant-1, number of
grains plant-1 and 1000 grains weight in both spring and autumn maize crops at
harvest. In spring maize crop maximum number of cobs plant-1 (1.30) and 1000
grains weight (313.2 g) were noted in treatment P1S IW16 where Thiobacillus
strain IW16 was inoculated along with 100 kg S ha-1 and 45 kg P2O5 ha-1 DAP.
Minimum number of cobs plant-1 (0.85), number of grains plant-1 (255.3) and 1000
grains weight (185.6 g) were recorded in control plots. In autumn maize crop
the highest significant increase in number of cobs plant-1 (1.36) and number of
grains plant-1 (611.9) were recorded with P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 with
100 kg S ha-1 and 45 kg P2O5 ha-1) and maximum 1000 grains weight (313.2 g)
was recorded with S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 100 kg S ha-1).
However, the lowest values of number of cobs plant-1 (0.81), number of grains
plant-1 (243.3) and 1000 grains weight (183.8 g) were noted in control plots.
Growth parameters of maize significantly increased in treatments
containing Thiobacilli or S and the increase was more when Thiobacillus or S
were jointly used with or without P. Reason was the extent of bacterial S oxidation
mechanism that enhanced P, S and micronutrients bioavailability in the soil.
Significant relationship between soil P bioavailability and yield parameters of
maize was also identified by Khan et al. (2005) who concluded that the
application of high dose of P to maize crop plants increased number of cobs plant-
1, grain weight cob-1, number of grains cob-1 and 1000-grains weight. Similarly,
144
the findings made by Maqsood et al. (2001) indicated that high quantity of P
significantly effect number of cobs plant-1, number of grains plant-1 and 1000
grains weight in maize crop. Likewise, a positive significant increase in crop yield
parameters was also reported by Malhi and Gill (2002) as a consequent of high
dose of S application.
4.3.13 Treatment Effect on Yield Attributes of Maize
Data concerning grain, stalk and biological yields of spring and autumn
maize crops are given in Table 46. Increasing trend of grain, stalk and biological
yields in treatments was similar as was observed in case of growth parameters of
maize crop in the previous Table 45. Treatment P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain
IW16 was inoculated with 100 kg S ha-1 and 45 kg P2O5 ha-1) depicted the highest
values of grain (6.83 Mg ha1), stalk (14.06 Mg ha1) and biological yields (20.89
Mg ha1), while control treatment represented the lowest quantities of grain (1.71
Mg ha1), stalk (6.23 Mg ha1), and biological yields in spring maize crop. In
autumn maize crop treatment S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 plus 100 kg S
ha-1) contained maximum quantities of grain (7.24 Mg ha-1), stalk (14.25 Mg ha-1)
and biological yields (21.49 Mg ha-1), while control control plots achieved
minimum values of grain (1.59 Mg ha-1), stalk (6.15 Mg ha-1), and biological
yields (7.74 Mg ha-1).
Positive significant correlation existed between bio-available P in soil and
yield attributes of maize. Treatments where high concentration of P was
solubilized and was available for plant growth due to bacterial S oxidation
145
contained high values of yield attributes of maize crop. Results reported by Afzal
and Bano (2008) and Yazdani et al. (2009) were quite similar with these results
who also determined an increase in grain, stalk and biological yields in maize crop
under the effect of phosphorous solubilazation microorganisms which solubilized
and increased P concentration in the soil.
4.3.14 Phosphorous Uptake by Maize
Maximum concentration of P in spring maize grain was recorded (0.288
%) in treatment S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 with 100 kg S ha-1) and the
highest amount of P in spring maize stalk was determined (0.101 %) in treatment
P1S IW16 (Thiobacillus strain IW16 with 100 kg S ha-1 and 45 kg P2O5 ha-1).
Similarly, the highest quantity of P uptake by spring maize grain and stalk was
noted as 19.53 and 14.20 kg ha-1, respectively in treatment S IW16 (Table 47).
Minimum values of P concentration in spring maize grain and stalk was noted as
0.092 and 0.021 %, respectively (P uptake by spring maize grain and stalk 1.57
and 1.31 kg ha-1, respectively) in control.
The highest concentration of P in autumn maize grain and stalk (0.310 and
0.112 %, respectively) was recorded with P1S IW16 (Table 48). Treatment S IW16
was also found statistically at par with P1S IW16. Maximum quantity of P uptake
by autumn maize grain and stalk was determined as 22.30 and 15.79 kg ha-1 with S
IW16 and P1S IW16, respectively. The lowest P concentration in autumn maize
grain and stalk (0.087 and 0.019 %, respectively) and subsequently, the lowest P
uptake by autumn maize grain and stalk (1.38 and 1.17 kg ha-1, respectively) was
146
Table 47. Phosphorous uptake by spring maize
Treatments
P concentration P uptake
Grain Stalk Grain Stalk Total
----------- % ---------- ---------------- kg ha-1 ----------------
Control 0.092 i 0.021 i 1.57 i 1.31 k 2.88 j
IW16 0.181 fg 0.058 fg 8.15 fg 5.82 hi 13.96 f
SW2 0.169 h 0.053 gh 7.37 h 5.26 ij 12.63 hi
P1 0.172 gh 0.052 h 7.10 h 5.19 j 12.29 i
P1 IW16 0.195 e 0.064 e 8.97 e 6.53 g 15.50 e
P1 SW2 0.181 fg 0.055 fgh 7.93 g 5.43 ij 13.36 fg
P2 0.184 f 0.077 c 8.04 g 7.65 ef 15.69 e
P2 IW16 0.208 d 0.078 c 9.86 d 8.12 e 17.98 d
P2 SW2 0.191 ef 0.071 d 8.58 ef 7.14 f 15.72 e
S 0.166 h 0.058 fg 7.35 h 5.80 hi 13.15 gh
S IW16 0.288 a 0.097 a 19.53 a 13.58 b 33.11 a
S SW2 0.252 c 0.085 b 16.05 c 11.64 c 27.69 b
P1S 0.171 gh 0.061 ef 7.63 gh 6.14 gh 13.77 fg
P1S IW16 0.274 b 0.101 a 18.71 b 14.20 a 32.91 a
P1S SW2 0.247 c 0.080 c 15.86 c 11.04 d 26.90 c
LSD 0.011 0.005 0.51 0.56 0.61
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
147
Table 48. Phosphorous uptake by autumn maize
Treatments
P concentration P uptake
Grain Stalk Grain Stalk Total
---------- % ---------- ------------------ kg ha-1---------------
Control 0.087 i 0.019 j 1.38 j 1.17 i 2.55 j
IW16 0.198 e 0.068 g 9.19 e 7.08 f 16.27 f
SW2 0.180 g 0.059 h 7.92 gh 5.87 g 13.79 h
P1 0.168 h 0.051 i 7.27 i 5.06 h 12.33 i
P1 IW16 0.209 d 0.076 ef 9.74 d 7.93 e 17.67 e
P1 SW2 0.189 f 0.067 g 8.37 fg 6.69 f 15.06 g
P2 0.179 g 0.072 fg 7.64 h 7.07 f 14.71 g
P2 IW16 0.219 c 0.089 d 10.99 c 9.91 d 20.91 d
P2 SW2 0.197 e 0.080 e 9.08 e 8.28 e 17.36 e
S 0.177 g 0.071 fg 7.95 gh 7.13 f 15.08 g
S IW16 0.308 a 0.109 a 22.30 a 15.53 a 37.83 a
S SW2 0.255 b 0.097 c 17.24 b 13.42 c 30.66 c
P1S 0.188 f 0.069 g 8.48 f 6.95 f 15.43 fg
P1S IW16 0.310 a 0.112 a 21.89 a 15.79 a 37.68 a
P1S SW2 0.259 b 0.103 b 17.59 b 14.29 b 31.88 b
LSD 0.007 0.005 0.46 0.78 0.90
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
148
noted in control. plots The amount of P in autumn maize grain and stalk in control
plots was recorded less than the spring crop due to continuous P uptake by
consecutive two crops without P solubilization or addition. Similarly, positive
significant relationship between the quantity of plant available P in soil and P
concentration in maize grain and stalk was also reported by Delong et al. (2001)
and Alam and Shah (2002).
4.3.15 Correlation among Various Soil and Maize Variables
Quantities of bio-available P in the soil solution had a positive significant
correlation with all maize crop yield attributes both in spring and autumn crops
(Table 49 and Table 50). High concentrationt of bio-available P in the soil solution
increased total P uptake, growth parameters (cobs plant-1, grains plant-1, 1000
grain weight) and yield attributes (grain, stalk and biological yields, and harvest
index) of both the spring and autumn maize crops linearly. Figures 19, 20, 21 and
22 showed that bio-available P contents in soil, P uptake by maize crop and yield
attributes of maize crop are interlinked, interconnected and inter-dependable as
reported by Afzal and Bano, 2008 and Yazdani et al., 2009. Likewise, Alam et al.
(2003) and Rahman et al. (2007) recorded positive relationship between the
amount of total P uptake with all maize crop yield attributes like maize grain, stalk
and biological yields, and Harvest index.
149
y = 2.0877x + 1.8532
R2 = 0.92
0
8
16
24
32
40
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Tot
al P
upt
ake
(kg
ha-1
)
y = 0.301x + 2.5336
R2 = 0.80
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Mai
ze g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.5084x + 6.9261
R2 = 0.85
5
7
9
11
13
15
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Mai
ze s
talk
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.8097x + 9.4567
R2 = 0.84
5
9
13
17
21
25
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
Figure 19. Soil bio-available P relation with different spring maize yield attributes
150
y = 0.15x + 2.1626
R2 = 0.94
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Mai
ze g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.2474x + 6.4053
R2 = 0.95
5
7
9
11
13
15
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Mai
ze s
talk
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.3975x + 8.5649
R2 = 0.95
5
9
13
17
21
25
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
y = 0.2213x + 26.522
R2 = 0.52
20
24
28
32
36
40
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Har
vest
inde
x (%
)
Figure 20. Relation of P uptake with different spring maize yield attributes
151
y = 2.051x + 2.8213
R2 = 0.94
0
8
16
24
32
40
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Tot
al P
upt
ake
(kg
ha-1
)
y = 0.28x + 2.6342
R2 = 0.82
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Mai
ze g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.4236x + 7.4245
R2 = 0.84
5
7
9
11
13
15
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Mai
ze s
talk
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.7037x + 10.059
R2 = 0.84
5
9
13
17
21
25
0 4 8 12 16 20
Bioavailable P (mg kg-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
Figure 21. Soil bio-available P relation with different autumn maize yield
attributes
152
y = 0.1423x + 2.1342
R2 = 0.95
0
2
3
5
6
8
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Mai
ze g
rain
yie
ld (
Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.2132x + 6.7083
R2 = 0.96
5
7
9
11
13
15
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)M
aize
stal
kyi
eld
(Mg
ha-1)
y = 0.3555x + 8.8426
R2 = 0.96
5
9
13
17
21
25
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Bio
logi
cal y
ield
(M
g ha-1
)
y = 0.2389x + 25.867
R2 = 0.61
20
24
28
32
36
40
0 8 16 24 32 40
Total P uptake (kg ha-1)
Har
vest
inde
x(%
)
Figure 22. Phosphorous uptake relation with different autumn maize yield
attributes
153
Table 49. Correlation among various maize attributes
Spring maize
Parameters Bioavailable P
Total P uptake
Maize grain yield
Maize stalk yield
Biological yield
Total P uptake 0.96**
Maize grain yield
0.90** 0.97**
Maize stalk yield
0.92** 0.98** 0.99**
Biological yield
0.91** 0.98** 0.99** 0.99**
Harvest index 0.54** 0.72** 0.84** 0.78** 0.80**
Autumn maize
Total P uptake 0.97**
Maize grain yield
0.91** 0.98** 0.95**
Maize stalk yield
0.92** 0.98** 0.95** 0.99**
Biological yield
0.91** 0.98** 0.95** 0.99**
Harvest index 0.63** 0.78** 0.72** 0.89**
* p ≥ F 0.05 ** p ≥ F 0.01
154
Table 50. Linear regression analyses among soil and maize variables
Variables Linear regression equation Coefficient of determination
(R2)
Spring maize
TPU vs. BAP y = 2.0877 BAP + 1.8532 0.92
1000 GW vs. BAP y = 7.6354 BAP + 200.73 0.81
MGY vs. BAP y = 0.301 BAP + 2.5336 0.80
MSY vs. BAP y = 0.5084 BAP + 6.9261 0.85
BY vs. BAP y = 0.8097 BAP + 9.4567 0.84
MGY vs. TPU y = 0.15 TPU + 2.1626 0.94
MSY vs. TPU y = 0.2474 TPU + 6.4053 0.95
BY vs. TPU y = 0.3975 TPU + 8.5649 0.95
Autumn maize
TPU vs. BAP y = 2.0546 BAP - 3.3817 0.96
1000 GW vs. BAP y = 0.611 BAP + 39.881 0.95
MGY vs. BAP y = 0.2365 BAP + 1.4353 0.84
MSY vs. BAP y = 0.2009 BAP + 1.8812 0.78
BY vs. BAP y = 0.4373 BAP + 3.3165 0.81
MGY vs. TPU y = 0.1423 TPU + 2.1342 0.95
MSY vs. TPU y = 0.2132 TPU + 6.7083 0.96
BY vs. TPU y = 0.3555 TPU + 8.8426 0.96
BAP: Bioavailable P, TPU: Total P uptake, MGY: Maize grain yield, MSY: Maize stalk yield, BY: Biological yield, HI: Harvest index
155
SUMMERY
The study evaluated the capacity of Thiobacillus spp. with or without S
and P fertilizer for enhancing P bioavailability in soil through S oxidation.
Samples were collected from different ecologies; SOB isolates were isolated and
screened on the basis pH reduction in thiosulphate broth media, colour change in
thiosulphate agar plates, phosphorous solubilization index and their P-
solubilization efficiency through bioleaching tests in broth containing tricalcium
phosphate and phosphate rock. Seven most efiicient isolates were identified as
genus Thiobacillus. Four most efficient Thiobacillus isolates were inoculated in
alkaline and calcareous soil in combination with three S levels S1, S2 and S3 (25,
37.5 and 50 mg kg-1, respectively) to determine pH, ECe, CaCO3 contents,
sequential P fractions, bio-available P, different S fractions and micronutrients in
the incubated soil after 30, 60 and 90 days of incubation. Two field experiments
were conducted under two permanent lay outs and the two best Thiobacillus
strains with S 100 kg ha-1 were inoculated in combination with two doses of P
fertilizer viz., 45 and 90 kg P2O5 ha-1. Two cropping systems (rice-wheat and
maize-maize) were tested to determine P uptake and the amount of bio-available P
in soil. Growth and yield attributes of crops were also recorded.
The findings of the present study are as under:
The most efficient SOB isolates were found in sulfur based ecologies such as
industrial wastewater, sulfur mud and sewerage water.
155
156
The genus Thiobacillus of SOB was found efficient in sulfates production
through S oxidation and dropped pH significantly in the growth media.
The quantity of P dissolved in thiosulphate tricalcium phosphate and rock
phosphate media had a significant positive correlation with the concentration of
biologically produced sulfates by Thiobacillus spp.
During soil incubation study maximum solubilization of two insoluble
calcium bounded P compounds Ca8-P and Ca10-P (net decrease of 10.18 and 4.72
mg kg-1, respectively) was recorded where Thiobacillus isolate IW16 was
inoculated with 50 mg S kg-1, whereas P solubilization phenomenon increased the
concentration of sparingly soluble Ca2-P (net increase of 20.33 mg kg-1) and bio-
available P contents (net increase of 22.26 mg kg-1) in the soil simultaneously.
Bioavailability of soil micronutrients increased linearly as a result of reduction in
pH and CaCO3 contents in the soil.
During rice and wheat crops the concentration of bio-available P increased
(net increase of 11.90 mg kg-1) with Thiobacillus isolate IW16 in combination
with 100 kg S ha-1. Phosphorous uptake by rice and wheat plants was positively
and significantly affected by soil bio-available P contents.
Combined effect of Thiobacillus strain IW16 and S attained the maximum
net increased amount of bio-available P in the soil solution after spring and
autumn maize harvest (10.34 and 12.35 mg kg-1, respectively) and had positive
significant correlation with the concentration of P in maize plants.
Yield and growth attributes of rice, wheat and maize crops had high positive
significant correlation with P solubilzation and enhancement in soil.
157
CONCLUSIONS
a. Best ecologies of SOB are sulfur based such as industrial wastewater,
sulfur mud and sewerage water.
b. The Genus Thiobacillus of SOB is extremely competent in sulfuric acid
production and proved its worth in pH reduction in different media such
as thiosulphate, thiosulphate tricalcium phosphate, rock phosphate and
soil by efficiently oxidizing S into sulfuric acid.
c. Bacterial sulfur oxidation mechanism is a sulfuric acid generating
phenomenon. This bacterially produced sulfuric acid has a key role in P
solubilization from different fixed forms of P present in rock phosphate
or in soil. Insoluble calcium bounded P compounds (Ca8-P and Ca10-P)
were significantly dissolved and converted into bio-available P forms by
SOB through S oxidation.
d. Amount of P dissolution and enhancement has a massive positive
significant correlation with the concentration of biologically produced
sulfuric acid.
e. Interaction between Thiobacillus spp. and S was highly significant in
enhancing bio-available P contents in soil and boosting all growth and
yield parameters of crops.
f. Soil treatment with Thiobacilli in combination with S was the best
approach to improve soil P fertility by solubilizing already present huge
quantity of fixed P in the soil.
158
LITERATURE CITED
Abid, N., M. Ibrahim, A. Nisar and S. A. Anwar. 2002. Boron contents of light
and medium textured soils and cotton plants. Int. J. Agric. Biol., 4: 534-
536.
Adhami, E., H. R. Memarian, F. Rassaei, E. Mahdavi, M. Maftoun, A. Ronaghi
and R.G. Fasaei. 2007. Relationship between phosphorus fractions and
properties of highly calcareous soils. Aust. J. Soil Res., 45: 255-261.
Adhami, E., M. Maftoun, A. Ronaghi, N. Karimian, J. Yasrebi and M. T. Assad.
2006. Inorganic phosphorus fractions of highly calcareous soils of Iran.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 37: 1877-1888.
Afzal, A. and A. Bano. 2008. Rhizobium and phosphate solubilizing bacteria
improve the yield and phosphorus uptake in wheat (Triticum aestivum).
Int. J. Agric. Biol., 10: 85-88.
Ahemad, M. and M. S. Khan. 2010. Plant growth promoting activities of
phosphate solubilizing Enterobacter asburiae as influenced by fungicides.
EurAsia J. BioSci., 4: 88-95.
Ahmad, N., M. Abid, K. Hussain, M. Akram and M. Yousaf. 2003. Evaluation of
nutrient status in rice growing areas of the Punjab. Asian J. Plant Sci., 2(5):
449-453.
158
159
Ahmad, N., M. T. Saleem, M. Rashid and A. Jalil. 1994. Sulfur status and crop
response in Pakistan soils. National Fertilizer Development Center. Pub.
No. 7/94. Planning and Development Division, Islamabad. p. 1-5.
Ahmad, W., Rahmatullah, M. A. Gill and T. Aziz. 2006. Bioavailability of
inorganic phosphorus fractions in calcareous soils estimated by Neubauer
technique, iron-impregnated filter paper, and chemical Tests. Commun.
Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 37: 1185-1193.
Alam, M. M., M. H. Ali, A. K. M. R. Amin and M. Hasanuzzaman. 2009. Yield
attributes, yield and harvest index of three irrigated rice varieties under
different levels of phosphorus. Adv. Biol. Res., 3 (3-4): 132-139.
Alam, S. M. and S. A. Shah. 2002. Phosphorus uptake and yield of wheat as
influenced by integrated use of phosphatic fertilizer. Paper presented at the
9lh Int. Cong. Soil Sci. Soc. Pakistan held at NIAB, Faisalabad, March
2002.
Alam, S. M., S. Azam, S. Ali and M. Iqbal. 2003. Wheat yield and P fertilizer
efficiency as influenced by rate and integrated use of chemical and organic
fertilizers. Pak. J. Soil Sci., 22(2): 72-76.
Al-Sewailem, M. S. 1999. Phosphorus availability and sorption indices as
influenced by some properties of calcareous soils. J. KingSaud Uni. Agri.
Sci. Riyadh, 1(1): 47-55.
160
Anderson, P. R. and T. H. Christensen. 1988. Distribution coefficient of Cd, Co,
Ni, and Zn in soils. J. Soil Sci., 39: 15-22.
Arai, Y. and D. L. Sparks. 2007. Phosphate reaction dynamics in soils and soil
minerals: a multiscale approach. Adv. Agron., 94: 135-179.
Aria, M. M., A. Lakzian, G. H. Haghnia, A. R. Berenji, H. Besharati and A.
Fotovat. 2010. Effect of Thiobacillus, sulfur, and vermicompost on the
water-soluble phosphorus of hard rock phosphate. Bioresour. Technol.,
101:551-554.
Aulakh, M. S. 2003. Crop response to sulphur nutrition. In: Y. P. Abrol and A.
Ahmad (eds.) Sulphur in Plants. Kluwer Academic Pub. Dordrecht. p. 341-
354.
Azhar, N., M. Y. Ashraf, M. U. Shirazi, M. A. Khan, A. Pervez and S. Ahmad.
2007. Studies on soil and plant micronutrients relationship of mango
orchards in Hyderabad district of Pakistan. Proc. International Symposium
on Prospects of Horticultural Industry in Pakistan. 28th to 30th March,
2007. Institute of Horticultural Sciences, University of Agriculture,
Faisalabad, 120-125.
Babana, A. H., F. Samake and K. Maiga. 2011. Characterization of some
agricultural soils: Presence and activity of Tilemsi rock phosphate-
solubilizing Thiobacilli. Br. Microbiol. Res. J., 1(1): 1-9.
161
Bache, B. W. and C. Ireland. 1980. Desorption of phosphate from soils using
anion exchange resins. J. Soil Sci., 31: 297-306
Balik, J., D. Pavlikova, P. Tlustos, J. Cerny and M. Jakl. 2007. The fluctuation of
copper content in oilseed rape plants (Brassica napus L.) after the
application of nitrogen and sulphur fertilizers. Plant Soil Environ., 53: 143-
148.
Balik, J., M. Kulhanek, J. Cerny, J. Szakova, D. Pavlikova and P. Cermak. 2009.
Differences in soil sulfur fractions due to limitation of atmospheric
deposition.Plant Soil Environ., 55 (8): 344-352.
Bandyopadhyay, P. K. and G. N. Chattopadhyay. 2000. Availability of boron and
sulphur and their nutrition of rapeseed plants in Alfisols of West Bengal. J.
Int., 4: 67-72.
Barber, S. A. 1995. Nutrient absorption by plant roots. In: Barber SA (eds.) Soil
nutrient bioavailability: a mechanistic approach. Wiley, New York. p. 49-
84.
Barrow, G. I. and R. K. A. Feltham. 1993. Cowan and Steel’s Manual for the
Identification of Medical Bacteria. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
162
Beek, J. and W. H. C. Riemsdijk. 1979. Interaction of orthophosphate ions with
soil. In Bolt, G. H. (Ed) Soils Chemistry. Elsevier Scientific Pub. Co. NY,
USA. 270 pp.
Beijerinck, M. W. 1904. Arch. Sci. Exactes Nat. Haarlem., Ser. 2, 9131-9157.
Bertrand, I. B., J. C. Jaillard, P. J. Arvieu, Gregory and P. Hinsinger. 1999.
Dynamics of phosphorus in the rhizosphere of maize and rape grown on
synthetic, phosphated calcite and goethite. New approaches to study
chemical and physical changes in the rhizosphere. Plant Soil, 211(1): 111-
119.
Besharati, H., K. Atashnama and S. Hatami. 2007. Biosuper as a phosphate
fertilizer in a calcareous soil with low available phosphorus. Afr. J.
Biotechnol., 6: 1325-1329.
Bettany, J. R., J. W. B. Stewart and E. H. Halstead. 1974. Assessment of available
soil sulphur in a 35S growth chamber experiment. Can. J. Soil Sci., 54:
309-315.
Bhatti, T.M. and W. Yawar. 2010. Bacterial solubilization of phosphorus from
phosphate rock containing sulfur-mud. Hydrometallurgy, 103: 54-59.
Bhatti, T. M., J. M. Bigham, M. V. Riekkola and O. H. Tuovinen. 2010. Altered
mineralogy associated with stirred tank bioreactor leaching of a black
schist ore. Hydrometallurgy, 100: 18-184.
163
Bloem, E. M. 1998. Schwefel-Bilanz von Agrar kosystemen unter besonderer Ber-
cksichtigung hydrologischer und bodenphysikalischer
Standorteigenschaften. Landbauforschung V-lkenrode, 192: 1-156.
Bohn, H. L., B. L. McNeal and G. A. O. Connor. 2001. Soil Chemistry. 3rd ed.
John Wiley & Sons, New York. pp 65.
Brar, B. S., U. S. Chhjna and N. S. Dhillon. 2000. Response of wheat lo applied
phosphate in some flood plain soils of Punjab. J. Indian Soc. Soil Sci., 48:
843-844.
Bray, R. H and L. T. Kurtz. 1945. Determination of total, organic and available
forms of phosphorus in soils. Soil Sci., 59: 39-45.
Brenner, D. J., G. M. Garrity, N. R. Krieg and J. T. Staley. 2005. Bergey's Manual
of Systematic Bacteriology. Williams & Wilkins.
Briand, L. E., R. D. Bonetto, J. L. Ladaga and E. Donati. 1999. Bulk and surface
characterization of crystalline and plastic sulphur oxidized by two
Thiobacillus species. Process Biochem., 34: 249-256.
Bryan, H. and E. Jason. 2005. Phosphorous availability with alkaline /calcareous
soil. Western Nutrient Management Conference, 6: 88-93.
Buehler, S., A. Oberson, I. M. Rao, D. K. Friesen and E. Frossard. 2002.
Sequential phosphorus extraction of a 32P-labeled oxisol under contrasting
agricultural systems. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 66:868-877.
164
Busman, L., J. Lamb, G. Randall, G. Rehm and M. Schmitt. 2008. The nature of
phosphorous in soils. Document FO-06795-GO, University of Minnesota.
Minneapolis, MN.
Cakmak, I. 2002. Plant nutrition research: Priorities to meet human needs for food
in sustainable ways. Plant Soil, 247: 3-24.
Carreira, J. A., B. Vinegla and K. Lajtha. 2006. Secondary CaCO3 and
precipitation of Ca-P compounds control the retention of soil P in arid
ecosystems. J. Arid Environ., 64: 460-473.
Chang, S. C. and W. K. Chu. 1961. The Fate of soluble phosphate applied to soils.
J. Soil Sci., 12: 286-294.
Chapman, S. J. 2001. Sulfur forms in open and afforested areas of two Scottish
peatlands. Water Air Soil Poll., 128: 23-39.
Chaudhary, M. R. and J. Nuth. 1985. Soil testing balanced fertilizer use. Ilaryana
Farming, 14: 6-7.
Chaudhry, T. M. and S. M. Qureshi. 1980. Agri. Chem. Sec. Review of work.
ARI. Tandojam Govt. of Sindh (Pakistan).
Chen, B., X. Q. Shan, D. Q. Shen and S. F. Mou. 1997. Nature of HCl-soluble
sulfate in the sequential extraction for sulfur specification in soils.
Fresenius J. Anal. Chem., 357: 941-945.
165
Chen, C. R., L. M. Condron and Z. H. Xu. 2008. Impacts of grassland
afforestation with coniferous trees on soil phosphorus dynamics and
associated microbial processes: a review. Forest Ecol Manag., 255: 396-
409.
Chen, Y. P., P. D. Rekha, A. B. Arunshen, W. A. Lai and C. C. Young. 2006.
Phosphate solubilizing bacteria from subtropical soil and their tricalcium
phosphate solubilizing abilities. Appl. Soil Ecol., 34: 33-41.
Chi, R., C. Xiao, X. Huang, C. Wang and Y. Wu. 2007. Bio-decomposition of
rock phosphate containing pyrites by Acidithiobacillus ferrooxidans. J.
Cent. South Univ. Technol., 14: 170-175.
Chinchmalatpure, A. R., O. B. Lal, Challa and J. Sehgal. 2000. Available
micronutrient status of soils on different parent materials and landforms in
a micro-watershed of Wunna catchment near Nagpur (Maharashtra).
Agropedology, 10 (1): 53-58.
Choudhury, D. A., M. K. Hasan and M. R. Amin. 2002. Performance of rapeseed
varieties at farmer's field under different fertilizer management practices.
Bangladesh J. Agri. Res., 27: 473-477.
Condron, L. M. and S. Newman. 2011. Revisiting the fundamentals of phosphorus
fractionation of sediments and soils. J. Soils Sedim., 11: 830-840.
166
Condron, L. M., B. L. Turner and B. J. Cade-Menun. 2005. Chemistry and
dynamics of soil organic phosphorus. In JT Sims, AN Sharpley, eds.
Phosphorus: Agriculture and the Environment. Am. Soc. Agron., Crop Sci.
Soc. Am., Soil Sci. Soc. Am., Inc., Madison, WI. P. 87-121.
Cross, A. F. and H. Schlesinger. 1995. A Literature review and evaluation of the
Hedley fractionation: applications to the biogeochemical cycle of soil
phosphorus in natural ecosystem. Geoderma, 64: 183-196.
Daba, S. and E. Zewedi. 2001. Evaluation of the residual value of phosphorus
fertilizer for sorghum (Sorghum bicolor L.) grown on a vertisol.
Bodenkultur, 52: 175-181.
Dedourge, O., P. C. Vong, F. J. Lasserre, E. Benizri and A. Guckert. 2003.
Immobilization of sulphur-35, microbial biomass and arylsulphatase
activity in soils from field-grown rape, barley and fallow. Biol. Fertil.
Soils, 38: 181-185.
Delgado, A. J., R. Ruiz, M. C. Campillo, S. Kassem and L. Andreu. 2000.
Calcium-and iron related phosphorus in calcareous and calcareous marsh
soils: Sequential chemical fractionation and P nuclear magnetic resonance
study. Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 31: 2483-2499.
Delong, R. E., W. F. Johnson and M. D. Correll. 2001. Influence of phosphorus
fertilizer on phosphorus uptakes and grain yields of wheat following rice.
Research Services Arkan. Agric.Expt. St. 480 pp.
167
Deubel, A. and W. Merbach. 2005. Influence of Microorganisms on Phosphorus
Bioavailability in Soils. In: F. Buscot and A. Varma (eds.),
Microorganisms in Soils: Roles in Genesis and Functions. Springer-
Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, Germany. 62 pp.
Devau, N., Le, E. Cadre, P. Hinsinger and F. Gerard. 2010. A mechanistic model
for understanding root-induced chemical changes controlling phosphorus
availability. Ann. Bot. (Lond.), 105: 1183-1197.
Edi-Premono, M., A. M. Moawad and P. L. G. Vlek. 1996. Effect of phosphate
solubilizing Pseudomonas putida on the growth of maize and its survival in
the rhizosphere. Ind. J. Crop Sci., 11: 13-23.
Edwards, P. J. 1998. Sulfur cycling, retention, and mobility in soils: A review.
USDA, General Technical Report NE-250.
Eijk, D. V. D., B. H. Janssen and O. Oenema. 2006. Initial and residual effects of
fertilizer phosphorus on soil phosphorus and maize yields on phosphorus
fixing soils. Agri. Ecosys. Environ., 116(1-2): 104-120.
Elser, J. J., M. E. S. Bracken, E. E. Cleland, D. S. Gruner, W. S. Harpole, H.
Hillebrand, J. Ngai, T. E. W. Seabloom, J. B. Shurin and J. E. Smith.
2007. Global analyses of nitrogen and phosphorus limitation of primary
producers in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems, Ecol. Lett., 10:
1135-1142.
168
El-Tarabily, K. A., A. A. Soaud, M. E. Saleh and S. Matsumoto. 2006. Isolation
and characterisation of sulfur-oxidising bacteria, including strains of
Rhizobium, from calcareous sandy soils and their effects on nutrient uptake
and growth of maize (Zea mays L.). Aust. J. Agric. Res., 57: 101-111.
Eriksen, J. 1997. Sulphur cycling in Danish agricultural soils: Turnover of
inorganic S fractions. Soil Biol. Biochem., 29: 1371-1377.
Eriksen, J. 2005. Gross sulphur mineralization-immobilization turnover in soil
amended with plant residues. Soil Biol. Biochem., 37: 2216–2224.
Eriksen, J., J. V. Mortensen, J. Dissing Nielsen and E. N. Nielsen. 1995. Sulpur
mineralization in five Danish soils as measured by plant uptake in a pot
experiment. Agric. Ecosyst. Environ., 56: 43-51.
Eriksen, J., K. C. Thorup and M. Askegard. 2004. Plant availability of catch crop
sulfur following spring incorporation. J. Plant Nutr. Soil Sci., 167: 609-
615.
Fan, T., M. Xu, G. Zhou and L. Ding. 2007. Trends in Grain Yields and Soil
Organic Carbon in long-term Fertilization Experiment in the China Losses
Plateau. American-Eurasian. J. Agric. Environ. Sci., 2 (5): 600-610.
Fankem, H., D. Nwaga, A. Deubel, L. Dieng, W. Merbach and F. X. Etoa. 2006.
Occurrence and functioning of phosphate solubilizing microorganisms
169
from oil palm tree (Elaeis guineensis) rhizosphere in Cameroon. Afr. J.
Biotech., 5: 2450-2460.
Fernandez, C., R. Novo and Vida Microbiana en el Suelo, II. La Habana: Editorial
Pueblo y Educación, 1988.
Forster, S., G. Welp and H. W. Scherer. 2012. Sulphur speciation in bulk soil and
different aggregate fractions as influenced by longterm application of
organic fertilizers. Plant Soil Environ., 58, 2012 (7): 316–321
Garcia, R., D. L. Fuente, C. Carrion, S. Botella, F. Fornes, V. Noguera and M.
Abad. 2007. Biological oxidation of elemental sulphur added to three
composts from different feedstocks to reduce their pH for horticultural
purposes. Bioresour. Technol., 98: 3561-3569.
Gardner, L. R. 1990. The Role of rock weathering in the phosphorus budget of
Terrestrial watersheds. Biogeochem., 11: 97-110.
Germida, J. J. and H. H. Janzen. 1993. Factors affecting the oxidation of elemental
sulfur in soils. Fert. Res., 35: 101-114.
Ghanbari, A., M. Maftoun and N. Karimian. 1998. Phosphorus adsorption-
desorption characteristics of some selected highly calcareous soils of Fars
province. Iranian J. Agri. Sci., 29 (1): 181-194.
170
Ghani, A., R. G. McLaren and R. S. Swift. 1990. Seasonal fluctuations of sulfur
and microbial biomass-S in the surface of a Wakanui soil. N. Z. J. Agric.
Res., 33: 467-472.
Ghani, A., R. G. McLaren and R. S. Swift. 1991. Sulphur mineralization in some
New Zealand soils. Biol. Fertil. Soils, 11: 68-74.
Ghani, A., R. G. McLaren and R. S. Swift. 1992. Sulphur mineralization and
transformations in soils as influenced by additions of carbon, nitrogen and
sulphur. Soil Biol. Biochem., 24: 331-341.
Ghosh, P. K., K. M. Hati, K. G. Mandal and K. K. Bandyopadhyay. 2000. Sulphur
nutrition in oilseeds and oilseed based cropping system. Fert. News, 45:
27-40.
Goldstein, A. H. 1994. Involvement of the quinoprotein glucose dehydrogenase in
the solubilization of exogenous phosphates by gram-negative bacteria. In:
Torriani-Gorini A, Yagil E, Silver, S, editors. Phosphate in
Microorganisms: Cell. Mol. Biol., Washington, DC: ASM Press, pp. 197-
203.
Grant, C. A. 1991. Sulphur requirements of Canola. Sulphur in Agric. The sulphur
Institute Washington, D.C., 15:3-6.
171
Gulati, A., P. Rahi and P. Vyas. 2007. Characterization of phosphate solubilizing
florescent Pseudomonas from the rhizosphere of sea buckthorn growing in
the cold desert of Himalayas. Curr. Microbiol., 56: 73-79.
Guppy, C. N., N. W. Menzies, P. W. Moody and F. P. C. Blamey. 2005.
Competitive sorption reactions between phosphorus and organic matter in
soil: a review. Aust. J. Soil Res., 43:189-202.
Gupta, U. C. 1993. Factors affecting boron uptake by plants: Boron and Its role in
crop production. U. C. Gupta (eds.) CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. p. 87-
123.
Haneklaus, S., E. Bloem, S. Hayfa and E. Schnug. 2005. Influence of elemental
sulfur and nitrogen fertilization on the concentration of essential micro-
nutrients and heavy metals in Tropaeolum majus L. FAL-Agricultural
Research, 286 (special issue): 25-35.
Haneklaus, S., H. M. Paulsen, A. K. Gupta, E. Bloem and E. Schnug. 1999.
Influence of sulphur fertilization on yield and quality of oilseed rape and
mustard. 10th Inter. Rapeseed Congress, Canberra, Australia.
Hansen, J. C., B. J. Cade-Menun and D. G. Strawn. 2004. Phosphorus speciation
in manure-amended alkaline soils. J. Environ. Qual., 33: 1521-1527.
172
Harahuc, L., H. M. Lizama and I. Suzuki. 2000. Selective inhibition of the
oxidation of ferrous iron or sulfur in Thiobacillusferrooxidans. Appl.
Environ. Microbiol., 66: 1031-1037.
Hariprasad, P. and S. R. Niranjana. 2009. Isolation and characterization of
phosphate solubilizing rhizobacteria to improve plant health of tomato.
Plant Soil, 316:13-24.
Harley, J. L. and S. E. Smith. 1983. Mycorrhizal symbiosis. London, New
York: Academic Press. Potentialities and Problems. Calcutta: Plant
Physiology Forum, Naya Prokash. p. 237-248.
Hassan, S. H. A., W. Steven, V. Ginkel, S. M. Kim, S. H. Yoon, J. H. Joo, B. S.
Shin, B. H. Jeon, W. Bae and S. E. Oh. 2010. Isolation and
characterization of Acidithiobacillus caldus from a sulfur-oxidizing
bacterial biosensor and its role in detection of toxic chemicals. J.
Microbiol. Methods, 82: 151-155.
Havlin, J. L., J. D. Beaton, S. L. Tisdale and W. L. Nelson. 2004. Soil Fertility and
Fertilizers: An introduction to nutrient management. 7th ed., Pearson
Education Inc. Singapore. 22 pp.
He, Z. L. and J. Zhu. 1988. Microbial utilization and transformation of phosphate
adsorbed by variable charged minerals. Soil Biol. Biochem., 30: 917-923.
173
Hegde, D. M. and I. Y. L. N. Murthy. 2005. Management of Secondary Nutrients,
Achievements and Challenges. Indian J. Fert., 1: 93–100.
Hinsinger, P. 2001. Bioavailability of soil inorganic P in the rhizosphere as
affected by root-induced chemical changes: a review. Plant Soil, 237: 173-
195.
Holford, J. C. R. 1997. Soil phosphorus: its measurement, and its uptake by plants.
Aust. J. Soil Res., 35: 227-239.
Hu, Z. Y., F. J. Zhao and S. P. McGrath. 2005. Sulphur fractionation in calcareous
soils and bioavailability to plants. Plant Soil, 268: 103-109.
Huang, Q. N. 1998. Properties of phosphorus adsorption and desorption in red soil
under a stand of Chinese fir in Fujian J.Nanjing Forestry Uni., 22: 39-44.
Hussain, N., A. Z. Khan, H. Akbar and S. Akhtar. 2006. Growth factors and yield
of maize as influenced by phosphorus and potash fertilization. Sarhad J.
Agric., 22(4): 579-583.
Hussain, N., M. B. Khan and R. Ahmad. 2008. Influence of phosphorus
application and sowing time on performance of wheat in calcareous soils.
Int. J. Agri. Biol., 10 (4): 399-404.
Hussain, N., N. Hyder and N. Ahmad. 2004. Influence of phosphorus application
on growth and yield components of wheat cultivar Punjab-96. Indus J.
Plant Sci. Inc. London, 3: 276-279.
174
Iqtidar, A. K. and A. Jan. 2002. Plant Nutrition. In: Cropping Technology.
National Book Foundation, Islamabad, Pakistan. p. 104-105.
Islam, M. T., A. Deoraa, Y. Hashidokoa, A. Rahmana, T. Itoa and S. Taharaa.
2007. Isolation and identification of potential phosphate solubilizing
bacteria from the rhizoplane of Oryza sativa L. cv. BR29 of Bangladesh.Z.
Naturforsch, 62: 103-110.
Jaggi, A. C., M. S. Aulakh and R. Sharma. 1999. Temperature effects on soil
organic sulphur mineralization in subtropical soils of varying pH. Nutr.
Cycl. Agroecosyst., 54: 175-182.
Jaggi, R. C., M. S. Aulakh and R. Sharma. 2005. Impacts of elemental S applied
under various temperature and moisture regions on pH and available P in
acidic, neutral and alkaline soils. Biol. Fert. Soils, 41: 52-58.
Jiang, B. and Y. Gu. 1989. A suggested fractionation scheme of inorganic
phosphorus in calcareous soils. Fert. Res., 20: 159-165.
Jiang, C. Y., Y. Liu, X. Guo and S. J. Li. 2009. Isolation and characterization of
ferrous- and sulfur-oxidizing bacteria from Tengchong solfataric region.
China J.Environ. Sci., 21: 1247-1252.
Johnston, A. M., S. S. Malhi, J. J. Schoenau and S. W. Exner. 1999. Nutrient and
biomass accumulation of major crops. Research Report Canadian Fertility
Institute, Ottawa.
175
Jones, D. L. and E. Oburger. 2011. Solubilization of phosphorus by soil
microorganism. In EK Buenemann, A Oberson, E Frossard, eds,
Phosphorus in Action. Springer, New York. pp. 169-198.
Kabata, A. P. and H. Pendias. 2004. Trace Elements in Soils and Plants. CRC
Press Boca Raton London, New York, Washington, D.C.
Kaleem, S., M. Ansar, M. A. Ali, A. Sher, G. Ahmad and M. Rashid. 2009. Effect
of phosphorus on the yield and yield components of Wheat variety
“Inqlab-91” under rainfed conditions. Sarhad J. Agric., 25(1):21-24
Kantachote, D. and W. Innuwat. 2004. Isolation of Thiobacillus spp. for use in
treatment of rubber sheet wastewater. Songklanakarin J. Sci. Technol.,
26(5): 649-657.
Kantachote, D., C. Wilawan, N. Napavarn and O. Kohei. 2008. Selection of sulfur
oxidizing bacterium for sulfide removal in sulfate rich waste water to
enhance biogas production. Electron. J. Biotechnol., 11(2): 1-12.
Kapoor, K. K. and M. M. Mishra. 1989. Microbial transformation of sulphur and
plant nutrition. In: Soil microorganisms and crop growth. L.L. Somani and
S.L. Bhandari, (eds.). Diyajyoti Prakasam, India. pp. 1-30.
Kaya, M., K. Zeliha and I. Erdal. 2009. Effects of elemental sulfur and sulfur
containing waste on nutrient concentrations and growth of bean and corn
plants grown on a calcareous soil. Afr. J. Biotechnol., 8(18): 4481-4489.
176
Kelly, D. P. and A. H. Harrison. 1989. Genus Thiobacillus. In Bergey's Manual of
Systematic Bacteriology, 1(3): 1842-1858.
Kelly, D. P. and A. P. Wood. 2000. Reclassification of some species of
Thiobacillus to the newly designated genera Acidithiobacillus gen. nov.,
Halothiobacillus gen. nov. and Thermithiobacillus gen. nov. Int. J. Syst.
Evol. Microbiol., 50: 511-516.
Keren, R. and F. T. Bingham. 1985. Boron in water, soils, and plants. Adv. Soil
Sci., 1: 226-76.
Kertesz, M. A. and P. Mirleau. 2004. The role of soil microbes in plant sulphur
nutrition. J. Exp. Bot., 55: 1939-1945.
Khan, M. A., M. Abid, N. Hussain and M. U. Masood. 2005. Effect of
phosphorous levels on growth and yield of maize (Zea mays L.) cultivars
under saline conditions. Int. J. Agric. Biol., 7(3): 511-514.
Khan, R., A. R. Gurmani, A. H. Gurmani and M. S. Zia. 2007. Effect of
phosphorus application on wheat and rice yield under wheat- rice system.
Sarhad J. Agric., (4): 851-855
Khattak, J. K. 1995. Micronutrients in Pakistan Agriculture. Pakistan Agricultural
Research Council Islamabad and Department of Soil Science, NWFP
Agricultural University, Peshawar, Pakistan.
177
Khiari, L. and L. E. Parent. 2005. Phosphorus transformations in acid light-
textured soils treated with dry swine manure. Can. J. Soil Sci., 85: 75-87.
Knapp, J. S., and V. L. Clark. 1984. Anaerobic growth of Neisseria gonorrhoeae
coupled to nitrite reduction, Infect. Immun., 46:176-181.
Koopmans, G. F., W. J. Chardon, P. A. I. Ehlert, J. Dolfmg, R. A. A. Suurs, O.
Oenema and W. H. V. Riemsdijk. 2004. Phosphorus availability for plant
uptake in a phosphorus- enriched noncalcareous sandy soil. J. Environ.
Qual., 33: 965-975.
Kucey, R. M. N., H. H. Janzen and M. E. Leggett. 1989. Microbial mediated
increases in plant available phosphorus. Adv. Agron., 42: 199-228.
Kuenen, J. G. and R. F. Beudeker. 1982. Microbiology of Thiobacilli and other
sulphur oxidising autotrophs mixotrophs and heterotrophs. In: Sulphur
bacteria. J.P. Post Gate and D.P. Kelly (eds.). University Press, Cambridge.
Pp. 473-497.
Kumar, N. R. and R. Nagendran. 2008. Changes in nutrient profile of soil
subjected to bioleaching for removal of heavy metals using
Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans. J. Hazard. Materials, 156: 102-107.
Larsen, S. 1967. Soil phosphorus. Adv. Agron., 19: 151-210.
178
Lawrence, J. R. and J. J. Germida. 1991. Enumeration of sulfur-oxidizing
populations in Saskatchewan agricultural soils. Can. J. Soil Sci., 71: 127-
136.
Lee, C. H., C. Y. Park, K. D. Park, W. T. Jeon and P. J. Kim. 2004. Long-term
effects of fertilization on the forms and availability of soil phosphorus in
rice paddy. Chemosphere, 56: 299-304.
Lee, E. Y., K. S. Cho, H. W. Ryu. 2005. Simultaneous Removal of H2S and NH3
in Biofilter Inoculated with Acidithiobacillus thiooxidans TAS. J. Biosci.
Biomol. Eng., 99 (6): 611-615.
Lehmann J., D. Solomon, F. J. Zhao and S. McGrath. 2008. Atmospheric SO2
emissions since the late 1800s change organic sulfur forms in humic
substance extracts of soils. Environ. Sci. and Technol., 42: 3550-3555.
Leoppert, R. H., C. T. Hallmark and M. M. Koshy. 1984. Routine procedure for
rapid determination of soil carbonates. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 48:1030-
1033.
Leytem, A. B. and R. L. Mikkelsen. 2005. The nature of phosphorus in calcareous
soils. Better Crops, 89: 11-13.
Lilienfein, J. R., G. Qualls, S. M. Uselman and S. D. Bridgham. 2004. Adsorption
of dissolved organic and inorganic phosphorus in soils of a weathering
chronosequence.Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 68: 620-628.
179
Lindell, L., M. Astrom and T. Oberg. 2010. Land-use versus natural controls on
soil fertility in the Subanean Amazon, Peru. Sci. Total Environ., 408: 965-
975.
Lindsay, W. L. 1991. Inorganic equilibria affecting micronutrients in soil. p. 89-
112. In: Micronutrients in Agriculture. 2nd ed. J. J. Mortvedt, F. R. Cox, L.
M. Shuman, and R.M. Welch (eds.). Soil Science Society of America,
Madison, WI.
Lindsay, W. L., P. L. G. Vlek and S. H. Chien. 1989. Phosphate minerals. In JB
Dixon, SBWeed, eds, Minerals in Soil Environment, Ed 2. Soil Sci. Soc.
Am., Madison, WI. p. 1089-1130.
Liu, H. L., Y. W. Lan, Y. C. Cheng. 2004. Optimal production of sulphuric acid
by Thiobacillus thiooxidans using response surface methodology. Process
Biochem., 39: 1953-1961.
Mahendra, S. 1988. Sulphur management in coarse textured alluvial soils. Proc. of
TSI-FAI symp. Sulphur in agriculture, Mar. 9-11. New Delhi. p. 1-9.
Malhi, S. S. and K. S. Gill. 2002. Effectiveness of sulphate-S fertilization at
different growth stages for yield, seed quality and S uptake of canola. Can.
J. Plant Sci., 82: 665-674.
180
Malik, D. M., B. Ahmad and M. Ahmad. 1984. Survey of soil fertility status and
quality of ground water in Punjab. Digest 1981-84. Department of
Agriculture, Lahore, Pakistan.
Malik, D. M., R. A. Chaudhary and S. J. A. Sherazi. 1992. Management of
phosphorus for wheat production in Punjab. p. 175-195.
Mallarino, A. P. 1997. Interpretation of soil phosphorus tests for corn in soils with
varying pH and calcium carbonate content. J. Prod. Agric., 10:163-167.
Maochun, C., Z. Yongkui, Z. Benhe, Q. Liyou and L. Bin. 2002. Growth kinetics
of Thiobacilli strain HSS and its application in bioleaching phosphate ore.
Indust. Eng.Chem. Res., 41: 1329-1334.
Maqsood, M., A. M. Abid, A. Iqbal and M. I. Hussain. 2001. Effect of various
rates of nitrogen and phosphorus on growth and yield of maize. Pak. J.
Biol. Sci., 1: 19-20.
Masau, R. J. Y., J. K. Oh and I. Suzuki. 2001. Mechanism of oxidation of
inorganic sulfur compounds by thiosulfate-grown Thiobacillus
thiooxidans. Can. J. Microbiol., 47(4): 348-358.
Matula, J. 1999. Use of multinutrient soil tests for sulphur determination.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 30: 1733-1746.
Maynard, D. G. 1982. Transformations and dynamics of available sulfur in soils.
Ph.D. thesis, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon.
181
McGrath, S. P., Zhao, F. J. Blake and M. M. Kalff. 2002. History and outlook for
sulphur fertilisers in Europe. Proc. No. 497, Int. Fert. Soc., NewYork, U.K.
McLaren, R. G. and K. C. Cameron. 2004. Soil Sci. 2nd ed., Oxford University
Press, Victoria, Australia.
Mehlich, A. 1984. Mehlich 3 soil test extractants: A modification of Mehlich 2
extractant. Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 15: 1409-1415.
Memon, M., M. S. Akhtar, K. Suleman and D. Stuben. 2011. Phosphorous forms
in the Indus river alluvial and loess, shale and limestone derived residual
soil. Asian. J. Chem., 23(4): 1952-1962.
Mengel, K. and E. A. Kirkby. 2001. Boron- In: Principles of Plant Nutrition. 5th
ed, Kluwer Academic Publishers. Dordrecht/Boston/London, Netherlands.
p. 621-638.
Miransari, M., H. A. Bahrami, F. Rejali, M. J. Malakouti and H. Torabi. 2007.
Using arbuscular mycorrhiza to reduce the stressful effects of soil
compaction on corn (Zea mays L.) growth. Soil Biol. Biochem., 39: 2014-
2026.
Mohammed, M. I. and G. K. Adamu. 2009. Gravimetric determination of total
sulphur in farm land soils from Kano-Nigeria. Afr. Sci., 10(4): 195-198.
182
Morais, F. I. O., H. B. Martins J., J. F. Teizeira Neto and W.S. Couto. 1996.
Adsorption of phosphorus in a plinthic soil of the Una de Marago, PA.
Boletiin-da-Faculdade-de-Ciencias-Agrarias-do-Para, 26: 67-76.
Morche, L. 2008. S-fluxes and spatial alterations of inorganic and organic sulphur
fractions in soil as well as their accumulation and depletion in the
rhizosphere of agricultural crops by partial use of the radioisotope 35S.
PhD Thesis. University of Bonn, Bonn, 322. (In German).
Mostashari, M, M. Muazardalan, N. Karimian, H. M. Hosseini and H. Rezai.
2008. Phosphorus fractions of selected calcareous soils of Qazvin province
and their relationships with soil characteristics. Am-Euras. J. Agric.
Environ. Sci., 3 (4): 547–553.
Murphy, J. and J. P. Riley. 1962. A modified single solution method for
determination of phosphate in natural water. Anal. chimica Acta., 27:31-
36.
Myers, R. G., A. N. Sharpley, S. J. Thien and G. M. Pierzynski. 2005. Ion-Sink
phosphorus extraction methods applied on 24 soils from the continental
USA. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 69: 511-521.
Nair, V. D., D. A. Graetz and K. M. Portier. 1995. Forms of phosphorus in soil
profiles from dairies of South Florida. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 59: 1244-
1249.
183
National Fertilizer Development Centre. 1997. Fertilizer recommendations for
crops. pp. 33-46. In." Fertlizer recommendations in Pakistan (a pocket
guide for extension workers)".Nisar (ed.).
Nazif, W., S. Perveen and I. Saleem. 2006. Status of micronutrients in soils of
district Bhimber (Azad Jammu and Kashmir). J. Agric. Biol. Sci. 1(2): 35-
40.
Niaz, A., A. M. Ranjha, Rahmatullah, A. Hannan, M. Waqas. 2007. Boron status
of soils as affected by different soil characteristics-pH, CaCO3, organic
matter and clay contents. Pak. J. Agri. Sci., 44(3): 428-435.
Niaz, A., M. Ibrahim, N. Ahmad and S. A. Anwar. 2002. Boron contents of light
and medium textured soils and cotton plants. Int. J. Agri. Biol., 4(4): 534-
536.
Nisar, A. A., Razzaq and M. Yaseen. 1999. Phosphate adsorption /desorption in
seven soils series of Pakistan. Pak. J. Biol. Sci., 2 (3): 897-899.
Nisar, A., D. M. Malik and A. Jalil. 1991. Phosphorus recommendations based on
soil test crop response calibration.pp: 1-21. Tech. Bull. 8/91. National
Fertilizer Development Centre, Islamabad, Pakistan.
Nisar, A., M. T. Saleem and F. T. Twyibrd. 1992. Phosphorus Research in
Pakistan: A Review, p. 59-92. In: A. Nisar et al. (ed.) Proc. symp. on the
184
role of phosphorus in crop production. July 15-17, 1990. NFDC,
Islamabad, Pakistan.
Nishanth, D. and D. R. Biswas. 2008. Kinetics of phosphorus and potassium
release from rock phosphate and waste mica enriched compost and their
effect on yield and nutrient uptake by wheat (Triticum aestivum).
Bioresour. Technol., 99: 3342-3353.
Nizami, M. I., M. Shafiq, A. Rashid and A. Aslam. 2004. The soils and their
Agricultural development potential in Pothwar. WRRI and NARC,
Islamabad, Pakistan. p. 5-7.
Oelkers, E. H., E. and Valsami-Jones. 2008. Phosphate mineral reactivity and
global sustainability. Elements, 4: 83-87.
Oh, S. E., S. H. A. Hassan and S. W. G. Van. 2010. A novel biosensor for
detecting toxicity in water using sulfur-oxidizing bacteria. Sens. Actuators,
B: Chem., 154(1):17-21.
Ohba, H. and N. Owa. 2005. Isolation and identification of sulfur-oxidizing
bacteria from the buried layer containing reduced sulfur compounds of a
paddy field on Sado Island in Niigata Prefecture. Bull. Facul. Agric.
Nigatta. Univ., 58(1): 55-61.
Olsen, S. R. and L. E. Sommers. 1982. Phosphorus. In: Page, A. L., R. H. Miller
and D. R. Keeney (eds.): Methods of soil analyses. No. 9 Part I1 in the
185
series Agronomy. Am. Soc. Agron. Soil Sci., Soc. Am. J., Madison
Wisconsin USA. p. 403-430.
Page, A. L., R. H. Miller and D. R. Keeney. 1982. Methods of soil analysis, Part 2.
2nd ed. Am. Soc. Agro. No. 9. Madison. Wisconsin, USA. p. 506-509.
Panhwar, Q. A., O. Radziah, A. R. Zaharah, M. Sariah and I. Mohd. Razi. 2011.
Role of phosphate solubilizing bacteria on rock phosphate solubility and
growth of aerobic rice. J. Environ. Biol. 32, 607-612.
Pant, H. K. and P. R. Warman. 2000. Phosphorus release from soils upon exposure
to ultra-violet light. Comm. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 31 (3-4): 321-329.
Parfitt, R. L. 1989. Phosphate reactions with natural allophone, ferrihydrite and
goethite. J. Soil Sci., 40: 359-369.
Patidar, M. and A. L. Mali. 2001. Integrated nutrient management in sorghum and
its residua! effect on wheat. Indian J. Agri. Sci., 71(9): 587-590.
Patiram, R., C. Upadhyaya, C. S. Singh, R. Munna and M. Ram. 2000.
Micronutrient cation status of mandarin (Citrus reticulata Blanco) orchards
of Sikkim. J. Indian Soc. Soil Sci., 48(2): 246-249.
Paul, E. A. and F. E. Clark. 1980. Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry. San
Diego, CA: Academic Press.
186
Peter, P., Motavalli, Randall and J. MilesBetter. 2002. Inorganic and organic soil
phosphorus fractions after long-term animal manure and fertilizer
applications. Crops, 86 (3): 20-24.
Pierzynski, G. M., R. W. McDowell and J. T. Sims. 2005. Chemistry, cycling, and
potential moment of inorganic phosphorus in soils. In JT Sims, AN
Sharpley, eds, Phosphorus: Agriculture and the Environment. Am. Soc.
Agron., Crop Sci. Soc. Am., Soil Sci. Soc. Am., Inc., Madison, WI. p. 53-
86.
Pokorna, B., M. Mandl, S. Borilova, P. Ceskova, R. Markova and O. Janiczek.
2007. Kinetic constant variability in bacterial oxidation of elemental sulfur.
Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 73: 3752 Agriculture and the Environment.
Am. Soc. Agron., Crop Sci. Soc. Am., Soil Sci. Soc. Am., 3754.
Prietzel, J., C. Weick, J. Korintenberg, G. Seybold, T. Thumerer and B. Treml.
2001. Effects of repeated (NH4)2SO4 application on sufur pool in soil, soil
microbial biomass, and ground vegetation of two watersheds in the Black
Forest/Germany. Plant Soil, 230: 287-305.
Qayyum, F. 1984. Annual report of the project "Micronutrient status of Pakistan
Soils." 1983-84. Pakistan Agriculture Research Centre (PARC),
Islamabad, Pakistan.
Rahman, M. M., A. S. Abdou, H. Fareed, A. Darwish, G. Faruq and M. A. Sofian.
2011. Growth and nutrient uptake of maize plants as affected by elemental
187
sulfur and nitrogen fertilizer in sandy calcareous soil. Afr. J. Biotechnol.,
10(60): 12882-12889.
Rahman, M. N., S. M. Sayem, M. K. Alam, M. S. Islam and A. T. M. A. I.
Mondol. 2007. Influence of sulphur on nutrient content and uptake by rice
and its balance in old Brahmaputra floodplain soil. J. Soil.Nature, 1(3): 05-
10.
Rahmatullah, M., A. Gill, B. Z. Shaikh and M. S. Zia. 1994. Inorganic phosphorus
fractions and their availability for plant uptake in several calcareous soils.
Proc. 4th National Cong. Soil Sci. May 24-26, 1992, Islamabad, Pakistan.
Rajan, S. S. S. 1983. Effect of sulphur content of phosphate rock/sulphur granules
on the availability of phosphate to plants. Nutr. Cycle Agroecosys., 4: 287-
296.
Rajan, S. S. S. 2002. Comparison of phosphate fertilizers for pasture and their
effect on soil solution phosphate. Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 33:
2227-2245.
Rashid, A. 2005. Establishment and management of micronutrient deficiencies in
soils of Pakistan: A review. Soil Environ., 24(1): 1-22.
Rashid, A. and D. L. Rowell. 1988. Phosphate sorption and release: 1. Isotopically
exchangeable and non-exchangeable adsorbed phosphate in relation to soil
properties. Pak. J. Soil Sci., 3(1-2): 17-20.
188
Rashid, A., E. Rafique and N. Ali. 1997. Micronutrient deficiencies in rain fed
calcareous soils of Pakistan. II. Boron nutrition of the peanut plant.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 28: 149-159.
Ray, V. W. 2006. Phosphorus retention in calcareous soils and the effect of
organic matter on its mobility. Geochem. Transactions, 7(6): 31-44.
Rehman, O. U., A. A. Sheikh and K. H. Gill. 2000. Available phosphorous and pH
status of Attock soils. Pak. J. Agri. Sci., 37(1-2): 74-76.
Richardson, A. E. 2001. Prospects for using soil microorganisms to improve the
acquisition of phosphorus by plants. Aust. J. Plant Physiol., 28: 897-906.
Richardson, A. E., J. M. Barea, A. M. Mc.Neill and C. P. Combaret. 2009.
Acquisition of phosphorus and nitrogen in the rhizosphere and plant
growth promotion by microorganism. Plant Soil, 321: 305-339.
Richardson, A. E., T. S. George, H. Maarten and R. J. Simpson. 2005. Utilization
of soil organic phosphorus by higher plants. In: Turner B.L., Frossard E,
Baldwin, D.S. (eds) Organic Phosphorus in the Environment, 1st Edn.
CABI Publishing, Cambridge.pp. 165-184.
Roberts, T. L. and J. R. Bettany. 1985. The influence of topography on the nature
and distribution of soil sulphur across a narrow environmental gradient.
Can. J. Soil Sci., 65: 419-434.
189
Rodriquez, H. and R. Fraga. 1999. Phosphate solubilizing bacteria and their role in
plant growth promotion. Biotechnol. Adv., 17: 319-339.
Ryan, J., G. Estefan and A. Rashid. 2001. Soil and Plant Analysis Laboratory
Manual, 2nd ed. International Center for Agricultural Research in the Dry
Areas (ICARDA), Aleppo and National Agricultural Research Center
(NARC), Islamabad, Pakistan. 172 pp.
Saleem, M. T. 1992. An overview of phosphatic fertilizer in Pakistan, p. 9-38. In:
Nisar A. et al. (ed.) Proc. Symp. on the Role of Phosphorus in Crop
Production.-July 15–17, 1990. NFDC, Islamabad, Pakistan. pp. 9-38.
Samadi, A. 2003. A study on distribution of forms of phosphorus in calcareous
soils of western Australia. J. Agric. Sci. Technol., 5: 39-49.
Samadi, A. 2006. Contribution of inorganic phosphorus fractions to plant nutrition
in alkaline-calcareous soils. J. Agric. Sci. Technol., 8: 77-89.
Samadi, A. and R. J. Gilkes, 1999. Phosphorus transformations and their
relationships with calcareous soil properties of South Western Australia.
Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 63: 809-815.
Samadi, A. and R. J. Gilkes. 1998. Forms of phosphorus in virgin and fertilized
calcareous of Western Australia. Aust. J. Soil Res., 36: 585-601.
190
Samavati, M. and A. R. Hossinpur, 2006. Phosphorus fractions in selected soils of
Hamedan Province and their correlation with available phosphorus. Iranian
J. Soil Water Sci., 20: 234-248.
Scherer, H. W. 2001. Sulphur in crop production-invited paper. Eur. J. Agron., 14:
81-111.
Scherer, H. W. 2009. Sulfur in soils a review. J. Plant Nutr. Soil Sci., 172: 326-
335.
Schonhof, I., D. Blankenburg, S. Mller and A. Krumbein. 2007. Sulfur and
nitrogen supply influence growth, product appearance, and glucosinolate
concentration of broccoli. J. Plant Nutr. Soil Sci., 170: 65-72.
Shan, X. and B. Chen. 1995. Determination of carbon-bonded sulfur in soils by
hydriodic acid reduction and hydrogen-peroxide oxidation. Fresenius J.
Anal. Chem., 351: 762-767.
Sharif, M., M. S. Sarir and F. Rabi. 2000. Biological and chemical transformation
of phosphorus in some important soil series of NWFP. Sarhad J. Agri., 16
(6):587-592.
Shen, J., R. Li, F. Zhang, J. Fan, C. Tang, and Z. Rengel. 2004. Crop yields, soil
fertility and phosphorus fractions in response to long-term fertilization
under the rice monoculture system on a calcareous soil. Field Crops Res.,
86: 225-238.
191
Shirazi, M. U., M. A. Khan, M. Ali, S. M. Mujtaba, S. Mumtaz, M. Ali, B.
Khanzada, M. A. Halo, M. Rafiq, J. A. Shah, K. A. Jafri and N. Depar.
2006. Growth performance and nutrients of some salt tolerant
multipurpose tree species growing under saline environment. Pak. J. Bot.,
38: 1381-1388.
Singh, B., Y. Singh, C. S. Khind and R. K. Gupta, 2002. Optimal phosphorus
management in rice-wheat system. Belter Crops Int., 16(1): 12-13.
Singh, K., R. S. Chandel, P. C. Sudhakar and U. N. Singh. 2002. Sulphur
fertilization in rice-mustard cropping system in alluvial soils of eastern
Uttar Pradesh. Fert. News, 47: 47-51.
Slaton, N. A., R. J. Norman and J. T. Gilmour. 2001. Oxidation rates of
commercial elemental sulfur products applied to an alkaline silt loam from
Arkansas. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 65: 239-243.
Smeck, N. E. 1973. Phosphorus: An indicator of pedogenic weathering processes.
Soil Sci., 115: 199-206.
Smibert, R. M. and N. R. Kreig. 1994. Phenotypic characterization. In: Methods
for General and Molecular Bacteriology. Amer. Soc. Microbiol., 12: 607-
654.
Solangi, M. A., M. Memon and H. K. Puno. 2006. Assessment of phosphorus in
soils of district Shikarpur, Pakistan. Int. J. Agri. Biol., 4: 565-566.
192
Solis, P. and T. Torrent. 1989. Phosphate fraction by calcareous vertisols and
inceptisols of Spain. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J., 53: 456-459.
Solomon, D., J. Lehmann, M. Tekalign, F. Fritzsche and W. Zech. 2001. Sulfur
fractions in particle size separates of the sub-humid Ethiopian highlands as
influenced by land use changes. Geoderma, 102: 41-59.
Srinivasarao, C., A. N. Ganeshamurthy, M. Ali, R. N. Singh and K. K. Singh.
2004. Sulphur fractions, distribution, and their relationships with soil
properties in different soil types of major pulse-growing regions of India.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal., 35: 2757-2769.
Stamford, N. P., P. R. Santos, A. M. Moura, C. E. S. Santos and A. D. S. Freitas.
2003. Biofertilizer with natural phosphate, sulphur and Acidithiobacillus in
a soil with low available-P. Sci. Agricola, 60: 767-773.
Stamford, N. P., P. R. Santos, C. E. S. Santos, A. D. S. Freitas, S. H. L. Dias and
M. A. Lira. 2007. Agronomic effectiveness of biofertilizers with phosphate
rock, sulphur and Acidithiobacillus for yam bean grown on a Brazilian
tableland acidic soil. Bioresour. Technol., 98: 1311-1318.
Steel, R. G. D., J. H. Torrie and D. A. Dickie. 1997. Principles and procedures of
statistics: a biometric approach, 3rd ed. Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company,
Toronto.
193
Stewart, J. W. B. and H. Tiessen. 1987. Dynamics of soil organic phosphorus.
Biogeochem., 41: 41-60.
Sultani, M. I., M. Shaukat, I. A. Mehmood and M. F. Joya. 2004. Wheat growth
and response to various green manure legumes and different P level in
Pothowar region. Pak. J. Agric. Sci., 41(3–4): 102-108.
Sundara, B., V. Natarajam and K. Hari. 2002. Influence of phosphorus
solubilizing bacteria on the changes in soil available phosphorus and
sugarcane and sugar yields. Field Crops Res., 77: 43-49.
Suzuki, I., D. Lee, B. Mackay, L. Harahuc and J. K. Oh. 1999. Effect of various
ions, pH and osmotic pressure on oxidation of elemental sulfur by
Thiobacillus thiooxidans. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 65: 5163-5168.
Tabatabai, M. A. and J. M. Bremner. 1972. Forms of sulfur, carbon, nitrogen and
sulfur relationships in Iowa soils. Soil Sci., 114: 380-386.
Tabatabai, M. A., N. T. Basta and H. J. Pirela. 1988. Determination of total
sulphur in soils and plant materials by ion chromatography. Commun. Soil
Sci. Plant Anal., 19: 1701-1714.
Tandon, H. L. S. 1989. Sulphur fertilizers for the tropics. Proc. TSI-FAI symp.
Sulphur in Indian agriculture, Mar. 9–11, New Delhi. pp: S IV / 2(1-11).
194
Tiessen, H. and J. O. Moir. 1993. Characterisation of available P by sequential
extraction. In: Carter MR (ed) Soil sampling and methods of analysis.
Canadian Society of Soil Science, Lewis Publishers, Canada. p. 75-86.
Tisdale, S. L., W. L. Nelson, J. D. Beaton and U. Havlin. 1993. Soil Fertility and
Fertilizers. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
Tisdale, S. M., W. L. Nelson, J. D. Beaton and J. L. Havlin. 2002. Soil Fertility
and Fertilizer. p. 189-190.prentic-Hall of India, Private Limited, New
Dehli.
Tiwari, K. N. and B. R. Gupta. 2006. Sulphur for Sustainable high yield
agriculture in Uttar Pradesh, Ind. J. Fert., 1: 37-52.
Trehan, S. P. and G. S. Sekhon. 1977. Effect of clay, organic matter and CaCO3
content on zinc adsorption by soils. Plant Soil, 46: 329-36.
Turan, M., N. Ataoglu1 and F. Sahin. 2007. Effects of Bacillus FS-3 on growth of
tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum L.) plants and availability of phosphorus
in soil. Plant soil environ., 53(2): 58-64.
Turner, B. L., A. E. Richardson and E. J. Mullaney. 2007. Inositol Phosphates:
Linking Agriculture and the Environment. CAB International,
Wallingford, UK. 304 pp.
195
Turner, B. L., M. J. Paphazy, P. M. Haygarth, I. D. and McKelvie. 2002. Inositol
phosphates in the environment. Philos. Trans. Res. Soc. Lond. Biol. Sci.,
357: 449-469.
Vanek, V., J. Bal, J. Silha and J. Cern. 2008. Spatial variability of total soil
nitrogen and sulphur content at two conventionally managed fields. Plant
Soil Environ., 54: 413-419.
Varinderpal, S., N. S. Dhillon and R. Kumar. 2006. Long term effects of inorganic
fertilizers and manure on phosphorus reaction products in a Typic
Ustochrepts. Nutr. Cycl. Agroecosyst., 76: 29-37.
Vassilev, N., M. Vassilev, M. Fenice and F. Federici. 2001. Immobilized cell
technology applied in solubilization of insoluble inorganic (rock)
phosphate and P plant acquisition. Bioresour. Technol., 79: 263-271.
Verma S, S., K. Subehia and S. P. Sharma. 2005. Phosphorus fractions in an acid
soil continuously fertilized with mineral and organic fertilizers. Biol Fert.
Soils, 41:295-300.
Vidyalakshmi, R. and R. Sridar. 2007. Isolation and characterization of sulphur
oxidizing bacteria. J. cul. coll., 5: 73-77.
Vincent, J. M. 1970. Amanual for the practical study of root nodule bacteria.
Black well Scientific pub., Oxford.
196
Wahhab, A. 1985. Report on crop response to fertilizer and soil test data in
Pakistan. FAO / NFDC, Islamabad, Pakistan.
Walker, T. W. and J. K. Syers. 1976. The fate of phosphorus during pedogenesis.
geoderma, 15: 1-19.
Wandruszka, R. V. 2006. Phosphorus retention in calcareous soils and the effect
of organic matter on its mobility, http: // www. geochemicaltransactions.
Com / content/7/1/6.
Wang, J., D. Solomon, J. Lehmann, X. Zhang, W. Amelung. 2006. Soil organic
sulfur forms and dynamics in the Great Plains of North America as
influenced by long-term cultivation and climate. Geoderma, 133: 160-172.
Watanabe, F. S. and S. R. Olsen. 1965. Test of an ascorbic acid method for
determining phosphorus in water and NaHCO3 extracts from soil. Soil Sci.
Soc. Am. Proc., 29: 677- 678.
Watkinson, J. H. and M. J. Kear. 1994. High performance ion chromatography
measurement of sulfate in 20 mm phosphate extracts of soil. Commun. Soil
Sci. Plant Anal. 25: 1015-1033.
Watnabe, Y., H. Yamada, T. Kasama, J. Tanaka, Y. Komatsu, and Y. Moriyoshi.
2002. Adsorption behaviour of phosphorus on synthetic
boehmites.Proc.19.
197
White, R. E. 1980. Retention and release of phosphate by soils and soil
constituents. Crit. Rep. App. Chem., 2: 71-114.
White, R. E. 2006. Principles and Practice of Soil Science: The soil as a natural
resource. 4th ed., Blackwell Pub., UK. p. 211-213.
Williams, J. D. H. and T. W. Walker. 1969. Fractionation of Phosphate in a
Maturity Sequence of New Zealand Basaltic Soil Profile:I. Soil Sci., 107:
22-30.
Wollum II, A. G. 1982. Cultural methods for soil microorganisms. In: A. L. Page,
R. H. Miller and D. R. Keeney (eds.), Methods of Soil Analysis, Part 2.
Am. Soc. Agron., 9: 781-802.
Wright, A. L. 2009. Phosphorus sequestration in soil aggregates after long-term
tillage and cropping. Soil Till. Res., 103: 406-411.
Xavier, F. A. D. S., E. F. Almeida, I. M. Cardoso, E. D. S. Mendonc. 2011. Soil
phosphorus distribution in sequentially extracted fractions in tropical
coffee agro ecosystems in the Atlantic Forest biome, Southeastern Brazil.
Nutr. Cycl. Agroecosyst., 89: 31-44.
Yadav, J., S. Yadav and S. G. Singh. 2011. Plant growth promotion in wheat crop
under environmental condition by PSB as bio-fertilizer. Res. J. Agric. Sci.,
2(1): 76-78.
198
Yang, X. and W. M. Post. 2011. Phosphorus transformations as a function of
pedogenesis: A synthesis of soil phosphorus data using Hedley
fractionation method. Biogeosci., 8: 2907-2916.
Yang, Y., L. Qian, W. Y. Shi, H. Peng, G. Z. Qiu. 2008. Isolation and
characterization of acidophilic bacterium from Gaofeng Mine in China.
Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China (English Edition), 18: 1253-1257.
Yang, Z. H., K. Stoven, S. Haneklaus, B. R. Singh and E. Schnug. 2010.
Elemental sulfur oxidation by Thiobacillus spp. and aerobic heterotrophic
oulfur-oxidizing bacteria. Pedosphere, 20(1): 71-79.
Yang, Z., B. R. Singh, S. Hansen, Z. Hu, H. Riley. 2007b. Aggregate associated
sulfur fractions in long-term (>80 years) fertilized soils. Soil Sci. Soc. Am.
J., 71: 163-170.
Yang, Z., B. R. Singh, S. Hansen. 2007a. Aggregate associated carbon, nitrogen
and sulfur and their ratios in long-term fertilized soils. Soil Till. Res., 95:
161-171.
Yazdani, M., M. A. Bahmanyar, H. Pirdashti and M. A. Esmaili. 2009. Effect of
phosphate solubilization microorganisms (PSM) and plant growth
promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR) on yield and yield components of corn
(Zea mays L.). World Acad. Sci. Eng. Technol., 49: 90-92.
199
Yunas, M., M. Yousaf, R. Khalid and S. Nawaz. 2010. Effect of sulfur application
on soil sulfur (SO4-S) status in different textured soils of Pothwar. Soil
Environ., 29(1): 7-10.
Zhou, W., M. Wan, P. He, S. T. Li and B. Lin. 2002. Oxidation of elemental sulfur
in paddy soils as influenced by flooded condition and plant growth in pot
experiment. Biol. Fert. Soils, 36: 384-389.
Zia, M. H., R. Ahmad, I. Khaliq, A. Ahmad and M. Irshad. 2006. Micronutrients
status and management in orchards soils: applied aspects. Soil Environ.,
25(1): 6-16.
200
Appendices Appendix I. Description of samples for the isolation of SOB 1. Paddy fields (PF)
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sunder area (Lahore) PF1
2. Sunder area (Lahore) PF2
3. Sunder area (Lahore) PF3
4. Sunder area (Lahore) PF4
5. Sahianwala area PF5
6. Sahianwala area PF6
7. Sahianwala area PF7
8. Sahianwala area PF8
9. Sahianwala area PF9
10. Sheikhupur area PF10
11. Sheikhupur area PF11
12. Sheikhupur area PF12
13. Sheikhupur area PF13
14. Sheikhupur area PF14
15. Sheikhupur area PF15
2. Wheat Rhizosphere
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sahianwala area WR1
2. Sahianwala area WR2
3. Sahianwala area WR3
4. Sahianwala area WR4
5. Sahianwala area WR5
201
6. Sahianwala area WR6
7. Sahianwala area WR7
8. Sahianwala area WR8
9. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR9
10. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR10
11. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR11
12. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR12
13. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR13
14. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR14
15. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR15
16. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR16
17. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR17
18. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR18
19. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR19
20. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR20
21. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR21
22. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR22
23. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR23
24. Herdaive (Shekhupura) WR24
25. Chung Area (Lahore) WR25
26. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR26
27. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR27
28. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR28
29. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR29
30. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR30
31. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR31
32. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) WR32
33. PMAS Arid Agriculture University Rawalpindi WR33
34. PMAS Arid Agriculture University Rawalpindi WR34
202
35. PMAS Arid Agriculture University Rawalpindi WR35
36. Gujranawala area WR36
37. Gujranawala area WR37
38. Gujranawala area WR38
39. Gujranawala area WR39
40. Gujranawala area WR40
41. Gujranawala area WR41
42. Gujranawala area WR42
43. Gujranawala area WR43
44. Gujranawala area WR44
45. Gujranawala area WR45
46. Gagher area WR46
47. Gagher area WR47
48. Gagher area WR48
49. Gagher area WR49
50. Gagher area WR50
2. Sugarcane Rhizosphere (SR)
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR1
2. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR2
3. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR3
4. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR4
5. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR5
6. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR6
7. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR7
8. Herdaive (Shekhupura) SR8
9. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SR9
10. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SR10
203
11. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SR11
12. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SR12
13. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) SR13
14. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) SR14
15. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) SR15
4. Maize Rhizosphere
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sahianwala area MR1
2. Sahianwala area MR2
3. Sahianwala area MR3
4. Sahianwala area MR4
5. Chung Area (Lahore) MR5
6. Chung Area (Lahore) MR6
7. Chung Area (Lahore) MR7
8. Chung Area (Lahore) MR8
9. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area MR9
10. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area MR10
11. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area MR11
12. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) MR12
13. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) MR13
14. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) MR14
15. Mohenalwal area (Lahore) MR15
5. Industrial wastewater
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sunder area (Lahore) IW1
2. Sunder area (Lahore) IW2
3. Sunder area (Lahore) IW3
204
4. Sunder area (Lahore) IW4
5. Sunder area (Lahore) IW5
6. Faisalabad area IW6
7. Faisalabad area IW7
8. Faisalabad area IW8
9. Faisalabad area IW9
10. Faisalabad area IW10
11. Faisalabad area IW11
12. Faisalabad area IW12
13. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) IW13
14. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) IW14
15. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) IW16
6. Canal water (CW)
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sukheyky area CW1
2. Sukheyky area CW2
3. Sukheyky area CW3
4. Duska CW4
5. Duska CW5
6. Duska CW6
7. Duska CW7
8. Gujrat CW8
9. Gujrat CW9
10. Gujrat CW10
7. Sulfur mud
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM1
205
2. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM2
3. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM3
4. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM4
5. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM5
6. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM6
7. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM7
8. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM8
9. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM9
10. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM10
11. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM11
12. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM12
13. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM13
14. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM14
15. Sulfuric Acid producing Factory area (Lahore) SM15
8. Sewage water
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sukheyky area SW1
2. Sukheyky area SW2
3. Sukheyky area SW3
4. Sukheyky area SW4
5. Sukheyky area SW5
6. Faisalabad area SW6
7. Faisalabad area SW7
8. Faisalabad area SW8
9. Faisalabad area SW9
10. Faisalabad area SW10
11. Chung Area (Lahore) SW11
12. Chung Area (Lahore) SW12
206
13. Chung Area (Lahore) SW13
14. Chung Area (Lahore) SW14
15. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SW15
9. Industrial waste sludge
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sunder area (Lahore) IS1
2. Sunder area (Lahore) IS2
3. Sunder area (Lahore) IS3
4. Sunder area (Lahore) IS4
5. Sunder area (Lahore) IS5
6. Sunder area (Lahore) IS6
7. Thoker area (Lahore) IS7
8. Thoker area (Lahore) IS8
9. Thoker area (Lahore) IS9
10. Thoker area (Lahore) IS10
11. Thoker area (Lahore) IS11
12. Thoker area (Lahore) IS12
13. Thoker area (Lahore) IS13
14. Thoker area (Lahore) IS14
15. Thoker area (Lahore) IS16
10. Sewage sludge
Sr. # Microbial Ecology Identification
name
1. Sukheyky area SS1
2. Sukheyky area SS2
3. Sukheyky area SS3
4. Sukheyky area SS4
5. Sukheyky area SS5
207
6. Sukheyky area SS6
7. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SS7
8. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SS8
9. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SS9
10. Gujranwala Khiali bypass area SS10
Appendix II. pH reduction by sulfur oxidizing bacterial isolates
Treatments Incubation days
Net reduction 01 02 04 08 16
Control 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 8.00 a 0.00
PF2 7.81 d 7.24 no 6.93 m 6.54 m 6.13 p 1.87
PF3 7.93 bc 7.62 gh 7.34 h 7.12 d 6.91 de 1.09
IW1 7.14 k 6.63 v 5.42 x 3.13 z 2.84 ] 5.16
IW3 7.75 e 7.11 qrs 6.73 o 6.25 p 5.91 qr 2.09
IW4 7.94 bc 7.45 kl 7.14 k 6.67 ijk 6.35 j 1.65
IW5 7.93 bc 7.32 mn 6.92 m 6.63 kl 6.24 mn 1.76
IS1 7.84 d 7.21 op 6.71 o 6.35 o 5.91 qr 2.09
IS2 7.71 e 7.05 rs 6.54 r 6.17 pqr 5.86 qrs 2.14
IS11 7.83 d 7.34 m 6.82 n 6.54 m 6.27 klm 1.73
IS12 7.91 bc 7.53 jk 7.23 ij 6.87 fg 6.43 i 1.57
IS16 7.93 bc 7.74 cd 7.44 ef 7.01 e 6.85 ef 1.15
SW1 7.84 d 7.35 m 6.65 op 6.43 n 5.92 qr 2.08
SW2 7.04 l 6.55 w 5.23 y 2.84 [ 2.63 ^ 5.37
208
SW4 7.63 f 7.04 s 6.45 st 6.12 rs 5.85 rs 2.15
SS1 7.42 h 7.05 rs 5.93 u 4.73 v 4.46 y 3.54
SW5 7.84 d 7.23 o 6.91 m 6.67 ijk 6.32 jkl 1.68
CW1 7.92 bc 7.63 gh 7.45 ef 7.24 c 6.81 f 1.19
CW2 7.91 bc 7.25 no 6.93 m 6.73 hi 6.23 mno 1.77
CW3 7.83 d 7.32 mn 6.62 pq 6.24 pq 5.94 q 2.06
SS4 7.95 abc 7.65 efg 7.55 cd 7.25 c 6.93 d 1.07
SS6 7.93 bc 7.44 l 7.23 ij 6.73 hi 6.45 hi 1.55
WR2 7.94 bc 7.46 kl 7.06 l 6.64 jk 6.16 op 1.84
WR4 7.65 f 7.13 qr 6.57 qr 6.16 qr 5.52 v 2.48
WR7 7.92 bc 7.52 jk 7.18 ijk 6.71 hij 6.15 p 1.85
IW7 7.91 bc 7.73 cde 7.52 de 7.06 de 6.73 g 1.27
WR9 7.94 bc 7.54 ij 7.19 ijk 6.77 h 6.27 j-m 1.73
WR10 7.65 f 7.14 pq 6.52 rs 6.23 pq 5.82 s 2.18
WR12 7.43 h 7.06 qrs 6.43 t 6.04 t 5.63 u 2.37
WR13 7.74 e 7.26 no 6.53 r 6.35 o 5.94 q 2.06
WR14 7.92 bc 7.63 gh 7.44 ef 6.51 m 6.30 j-m 1.70
WR15 7.91 bc 7.54 ij 7.16 jk 6.66 ijk 6.52 h 1.48
WR16 7.94 bc 7.79 bc 7.61 bc 7.23 c 7.01 bc 0.99
SM2 7.92 bc 7.73 cde 7.52 de 7.08 de 6.84 ef 1.16
SM3 7.54 g 6.92 t 6.43 t 6.06 st 5.31 w 2.69
SR2 7.91 bc 7.54 ij 7.36 gh 6.93 f 6.30 j-m 1.70
209
SR8 7.92 bc 7.55 hij 7.14 k 6.72 hij 6.25 lm 1.75
IW13 7.33 i 6.83 u 5.73 w 3.87 x 3.53 [ 4.47
IW14 7.24 j 6.82 u 5.72 w 3.44 y 3.08 \ 4.92
IW16 6.93 m 6.23 x 5.08 z 2.65 \ 2.42 _ 5.58
SM1 7.32 i 6.92 t 5.81 v 4.13 w 3.74 z 4.26
SM4 7.90 c 7.71 c-f 7.53 d 7.25 c 6.95 cd 1.05
SW11 7.54 g 6.83 u 6.44 t 5.63 u 5.12 x 2.88
SW14 7.96 abc 7.61 ghi 7.25 i 6.65 ijk 6.35 jk 1.65
MR6 7.94 bc 7.52 jkl 7.33 h 6.72 hij 6.46 hi 1.54
MR8 7.93 bc 7.45 kl 7.06 l 6.56 lm 6.17 nop 1.83
SM11 7.51 g 7.13 qr 6.54 r 6.24 pq 5.73 t 2.27
SM7 7.91 bc 7.68 d-g 7.42 fg 7.13 d 6.95 cd 1.05
SM9 7.97 ab 7.84 b 7.65 b 7.36 b 7.06 b 0.94
SM12 7.95 abc 7.73 cde 7.52 de 7.06 de 6.82 f 1.18
SM14 7.93 bc 7.64 fg 7.33 h 6.84 g 6.47 hi 1.53
LSD 0.051 0.072 0.072 0.072 0.072
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different Appendix III. Colour change by SOB isolates
Treatments Incubation days
01 02 04 08
------------------------------ (%) ---------------------------------
Control 0.00 h 0.00 t 0.00 w 0.00 s
210
PF2 0.00 h 11.30 l 23.65 p 62.45 l
IW1 33.35 c 81.55 b 100.00 a -
IW3 0.00 h 9.40 s 41.50 l 82.75 f
IW5 0.00 h 0.00 t 11.70 s 53.65 o
IS1 0.00 h 12.25 i 39.50 o 81.40 h
IS2 0.00 h 11.55 j 42.65 i 79.35 j
IS11 0.00 h 0.00 t 11.20 u 50.35 q
SW1 0.00 h 9.75 q 41.85 j 81.50 g
SW2 41.30 b 100.00 a - -
SW4 0.00 h 12.85 h 21.60 r 63.35 k
SS1 9.75 g 41.30 e 81.25 c 100.00 a
SW5 0.00 h 0.00 t 11.45 t 43.65 r
CW2 0.00 h 0.00 t 9.20 v 54.45 n
CW3 0.00 h 11.45 k 44.80 f 80.35 i
WR2 0.00 h 9.50 r 22.65 q 61.45 m
WR4 0.00 h 10.85 m 43.15 h -
WR10 0.00 h 10.35 p 41.65 k 92.15 b
WR12 0.00 h 10.45 o 43.70 g 100.00 a
WR13 0.00 h 10.65 n 40.95 m 90.85 e
SM3 0.00 h 23.10 f 49.40 e 100.00 a
IW13 10.15 f 41.25 e 82.65 b 100.00 a
IW14 21.85 d 63.35 c 100.00 a -
211
IW16 43.70 a 100.00 a - -
SM1 21.35 e 62.15 d 100.00 a -
SW11 0.00 h 22.85 g 49.55 d 100.00 a
MR8 0.00 h 0.00 t 11.15 u 52.10 p
SM11 0.00 h 11.35 l 39.75 n 91.20 d
LSD 0.052 0.073 0.090 0.073
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.
Appendix IV. Phosphorous solubilization index of SOB isolates
Treatments Incubation days
01 02 04 08
Control 0.00 h 0.00 t 0.00 y 0.00 w
PF2 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.61 s 1.64 st
IW1 1.71 c 3.24 c 5.25 e 7.12 c
IW3 0.00 h 0.47 r 1.80 pq 1.80 q
IW5 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.00 w 0.88 v
IS1 0.00 h 0.67 q 1.86 p 1.93 r
IS2 0.00 h 0.41 s 1.75 qr 1.76 qr
IS11 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.15 v 1.28 u
SW1 0.00 h 0.73 p 2.10 o 2.14 o
SW2 2.50 b 4.23 b 7.15 b 8.42 b
SW4 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.70 r 1.70 rs
212
SS1 0.53 g 2.10 g 4.42 f 4.72 g
SW5 0.00 h 0.00 t 0.81 x 0.86 v
CW2 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.25 u 1.32 u
CW3 0.00 h 0.85 o 2.26 n 2.34 n
WR2 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.71 r 1.74 qr
WR4 0.00 h 1.12 l 2.83 k 2.72 l
WR10 0.00 h 1.21 k 3.00 j 3.24 k
WR12 0.00 h 1.37 j 3.1 i 3.35 j
WR13 0.00 h 0.91 n 2.53 m 2.58 m
SM3 0.00 h 1.62 i 3.30 h 3.76 i
IW13 0.67 f 2.32 f 5.22 e 5.56 f
IW14 1.22 d 2.42 e 6.53 c 6.86 d
IW16 3.52 a 5.33 a 8.25 a 9.83 a
SM1 0.95 e 2.67 d 5.64 d 5.93 e
SW11 0.00 h 1.87 h 3.63 g 4.10 h
MR8 0.00 h 0.00 t 1.43 t 1.58 t
SM11 0.00 h 1.00 m 2.71 l 2.74 l
LSD 0.052 0.052 0.073 0.090
p ≥ F 0.05. Similar letter (s) values in a column are not statistically different.